| 1 | /****************************************************************************
|
|---|
| 2 | ** $Id: qtextedit.cpp 8 2005-11-16 19:36:46Z dmik $
|
|---|
| 3 | **
|
|---|
| 4 | ** Implementation of the QTextEdit class
|
|---|
| 5 | **
|
|---|
| 6 | ** Created : 990101
|
|---|
| 7 | **
|
|---|
| 8 | ** Copyright (C) 1992-2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
|
|---|
| 9 | **
|
|---|
| 10 | ** This file is part of the widgets module of the Qt GUI Toolkit.
|
|---|
| 11 | **
|
|---|
| 12 | ** This file may be distributed under the terms of the Q Public License
|
|---|
| 13 | ** as defined by Trolltech AS of Norway and appearing in the file
|
|---|
| 14 | ** LICENSE.QPL included in the packaging of this file.
|
|---|
| 15 | **
|
|---|
| 16 | ** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
|
|---|
| 17 | ** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
|
|---|
| 18 | ** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
|
|---|
| 19 | ** packaging of this file.
|
|---|
| 20 | **
|
|---|
| 21 | ** Licensees holding valid Qt Enterprise Edition or Qt Professional Edition
|
|---|
| 22 | ** licenses may use this file in accordance with the Qt Commercial License
|
|---|
| 23 | ** Agreement provided with the Software.
|
|---|
| 24 | **
|
|---|
| 25 | ** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
|
|---|
| 26 | ** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
|
|---|
| 27 | **
|
|---|
| 28 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/pricing.html or email sales@trolltech.com for
|
|---|
| 29 | ** information about Qt Commercial License Agreements.
|
|---|
| 30 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/qpl/ for QPL licensing information.
|
|---|
| 31 | ** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
|
|---|
| 32 | **
|
|---|
| 33 | ** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
|
|---|
| 34 | ** not clear to you.
|
|---|
| 35 | **
|
|---|
| 36 | **********************************************************************/
|
|---|
| 37 |
|
|---|
| 38 | #include "qtextedit.h"
|
|---|
| 39 |
|
|---|
| 40 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTEDIT
|
|---|
| 41 |
|
|---|
| 42 | #include "../kernel/qrichtext_p.h"
|
|---|
| 43 | #include "qpainter.h"
|
|---|
| 44 | #include "qpen.h"
|
|---|
| 45 | #include "qbrush.h"
|
|---|
| 46 | #include "qpixmap.h"
|
|---|
| 47 | #include "qfont.h"
|
|---|
| 48 | #include "qcolor.h"
|
|---|
| 49 | #include "qstyle.h"
|
|---|
| 50 | #include "qsize.h"
|
|---|
| 51 | #include "qevent.h"
|
|---|
| 52 | #include "qtimer.h"
|
|---|
| 53 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
|---|
| 54 | #include "qlistbox.h"
|
|---|
| 55 | #include "qvbox.h"
|
|---|
| 56 | #include "qapplication.h"
|
|---|
| 57 | #include "qclipboard.h"
|
|---|
| 58 | #include "qcolordialog.h"
|
|---|
| 59 | #include "qfontdialog.h"
|
|---|
| 60 | #include "qstylesheet.h"
|
|---|
| 61 | #include "qdragobject.h"
|
|---|
| 62 | #include "qurl.h"
|
|---|
| 63 | #include "qcursor.h"
|
|---|
| 64 | #include "qregexp.h"
|
|---|
| 65 | #include "qpopupmenu.h"
|
|---|
| 66 | #include "qptrstack.h"
|
|---|
| 67 | #include "qmetaobject.h"
|
|---|
| 68 | #include "qtextbrowser.h"
|
|---|
| 69 | #include <private/qucom_p.h>
|
|---|
| 70 | #include "private/qsyntaxhighlighter_p.h"
|
|---|
| 71 |
|
|---|
| 72 | #ifndef QT_NO_ACCEL
|
|---|
| 73 | #include <qkeysequence.h>
|
|---|
| 74 | #define ACCEL_KEY(k) "\t" + QString(QKeySequence( Qt::CTRL | Qt::Key_ ## k ))
|
|---|
| 75 | #else
|
|---|
| 76 | #define ACCEL_KEY(k) "\t" + QString("Ctrl+" #k)
|
|---|
| 77 | #endif
|
|---|
| 78 |
|
|---|
| 79 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 80 | #define LOGOFFSET(i) d->logOffset + i
|
|---|
| 81 | #endif
|
|---|
| 82 |
|
|---|
| 83 | struct QUndoRedoInfoPrivate
|
|---|
| 84 | {
|
|---|
| 85 | QTextString text;
|
|---|
| 86 | };
|
|---|
| 87 |
|
|---|
| 88 | class QTextEditPrivate
|
|---|
| 89 | {
|
|---|
| 90 | public:
|
|---|
| 91 | QTextEditPrivate()
|
|---|
| 92 | :preeditStart(-1),preeditLength(-1),ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent(FALSE),
|
|---|
| 93 | tabChangesFocus(FALSE),
|
|---|
| 94 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 95 | clipboard_mode( QClipboard::Clipboard ),
|
|---|
| 96 | #endif
|
|---|
| 97 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 98 | od(0), optimMode(FALSE),
|
|---|
| 99 | maxLogLines(-1),
|
|---|
| 100 | logOffset(0),
|
|---|
| 101 | #endif
|
|---|
| 102 | autoFormatting( (uint)QTextEdit::AutoAll )
|
|---|
| 103 | {
|
|---|
| 104 | for ( int i=0; i<7; i++ )
|
|---|
| 105 | id[i] = 0;
|
|---|
| 106 | }
|
|---|
| 107 | int id[ 7 ];
|
|---|
| 108 | int preeditStart;
|
|---|
| 109 | int preeditLength;
|
|---|
| 110 | uint ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent : 1;
|
|---|
| 111 | uint tabChangesFocus : 1;
|
|---|
| 112 | QString scrollToAnchor; // used to deferr scrollToAnchor() until the show event when we are resized
|
|---|
| 113 | QString pressedName;
|
|---|
| 114 | QString onName;
|
|---|
| 115 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 116 | QClipboard::Mode clipboard_mode;
|
|---|
| 117 | #endif
|
|---|
| 118 | QTimer *trippleClickTimer;
|
|---|
| 119 | QPoint trippleClickPoint;
|
|---|
| 120 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 121 | QTextEditOptimPrivate * od;
|
|---|
| 122 | bool optimMode : 1;
|
|---|
| 123 | int maxLogLines;
|
|---|
| 124 | int logOffset;
|
|---|
| 125 | #endif
|
|---|
| 126 | uint autoFormatting;
|
|---|
| 127 | };
|
|---|
| 128 |
|
|---|
| 129 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 130 | class QRichTextDrag : public QTextDrag
|
|---|
| 131 | {
|
|---|
| 132 | public:
|
|---|
| 133 | QRichTextDrag( QWidget *dragSource = 0, const char *name = 0 );
|
|---|
| 134 |
|
|---|
| 135 | void setPlainText( const QString &txt ) { setText( txt ); }
|
|---|
| 136 | void setRichText( const QString &txt ) { richTxt = txt; }
|
|---|
| 137 |
|
|---|
| 138 | virtual QByteArray encodedData( const char *mime ) const;
|
|---|
| 139 | virtual const char* format( int i ) const;
|
|---|
| 140 |
|
|---|
| 141 | static bool decode( QMimeSource *e, QString &str, const QCString &mimetype,
|
|---|
| 142 | const QCString &subtype );
|
|---|
| 143 | static bool canDecode( QMimeSource* e );
|
|---|
| 144 |
|
|---|
| 145 | private:
|
|---|
| 146 | QString richTxt;
|
|---|
| 147 |
|
|---|
| 148 | };
|
|---|
| 149 |
|
|---|
| 150 | QRichTextDrag::QRichTextDrag( QWidget *dragSource, const char *name )
|
|---|
| 151 | : QTextDrag( dragSource, name )
|
|---|
| 152 | {
|
|---|
| 153 | }
|
|---|
| 154 |
|
|---|
| 155 | QByteArray QRichTextDrag::encodedData( const char *mime ) const
|
|---|
| 156 | {
|
|---|
| 157 | if ( qstrcmp( "application/x-qrichtext", mime ) == 0 ) {
|
|---|
| 158 | return richTxt.utf8(); // #### perhaps we should use USC2 instead?
|
|---|
| 159 | } else
|
|---|
| 160 | return QTextDrag::encodedData( mime );
|
|---|
| 161 | }
|
|---|
| 162 |
|
|---|
| 163 | bool QRichTextDrag::decode( QMimeSource *e, QString &str, const QCString &mimetype,
|
|---|
| 164 | const QCString &subtype )
|
|---|
| 165 | {
|
|---|
| 166 | if ( mimetype == "application/x-qrichtext" ) {
|
|---|
| 167 | // do richtext decode
|
|---|
| 168 | const char *mime;
|
|---|
| 169 | int i;
|
|---|
| 170 | for ( i = 0; ( mime = e->format( i ) ); ++i ) {
|
|---|
| 171 | if ( qstrcmp( "application/x-qrichtext", mime ) != 0 )
|
|---|
| 172 | continue;
|
|---|
| 173 | str = QString::fromUtf8( e->encodedData( mime ) );
|
|---|
| 174 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 175 | }
|
|---|
| 176 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 177 | }
|
|---|
| 178 |
|
|---|
| 179 | // do a regular text decode
|
|---|
| 180 | QCString subt = subtype;
|
|---|
| 181 | return QTextDrag::decode( e, str, subt );
|
|---|
| 182 | }
|
|---|
| 183 |
|
|---|
| 184 | bool QRichTextDrag::canDecode( QMimeSource* e )
|
|---|
| 185 | {
|
|---|
| 186 | if ( e->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
|
|---|
| 187 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 188 | return QTextDrag::canDecode( e );
|
|---|
| 189 | }
|
|---|
| 190 |
|
|---|
| 191 | const char* QRichTextDrag::format( int i ) const
|
|---|
| 192 | {
|
|---|
| 193 | if ( QTextDrag::format( i ) )
|
|---|
| 194 | return QTextDrag::format( i );
|
|---|
| 195 | if ( QTextDrag::format( i-1 ) )
|
|---|
| 196 | return "application/x-qrichtext";
|
|---|
| 197 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 198 | }
|
|---|
| 199 |
|
|---|
| 200 | #endif
|
|---|
| 201 |
|
|---|
| 202 | static bool block_set_alignment = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 203 |
|
|---|
| 204 | /*!
|
|---|
| 205 | \class QTextEdit qtextedit.h
|
|---|
| 206 | \brief The QTextEdit widget provides a powerful single-page rich text editor.
|
|---|
| 207 |
|
|---|
| 208 | \ingroup basic
|
|---|
| 209 | \ingroup text
|
|---|
| 210 | \mainclass
|
|---|
| 211 |
|
|---|
| 212 | \tableofcontents
|
|---|
| 213 |
|
|---|
| 214 | \section1 Introduction and Concepts
|
|---|
| 215 |
|
|---|
| 216 | QTextEdit is an advanced WYSIWYG viewer/editor supporting rich
|
|---|
| 217 | text formatting using HTML-style tags. It is optimized to handle
|
|---|
| 218 | large documents and to respond quickly to user input.
|
|---|
| 219 |
|
|---|
| 220 | QTextEdit has four modes of operation:
|
|---|
| 221 | \table
|
|---|
| 222 | \header \i Mode \i Command \i Notes
|
|---|
| 223 | \row \i Plain Text Editor \i setTextFormat(PlainText)
|
|---|
| 224 | \i Set text with setText(); text() returns plain text. Text
|
|---|
| 225 | attributes (e.g. colors) can be set, but plain text is always
|
|---|
| 226 | returned.
|
|---|
| 227 | \row \i Rich Text Editor \i setTextFormat(RichText)
|
|---|
| 228 | \i Set text with setText(); text() returns rich text. Rich
|
|---|
| 229 | text editing is fairly limited. You can't set margins or
|
|---|
| 230 | insert images for example (although you can read and
|
|---|
| 231 | correctly display files that have margins set and that
|
|---|
| 232 | include images). This mode is mostly useful for editing small
|
|---|
| 233 | amounts of rich text. <sup>1.</sup>
|
|---|
| 234 | \row \i Text Viewer \i setReadOnly(TRUE)
|
|---|
| 235 | \i Set text with setText() or append() (which has no undo
|
|---|
| 236 | history so is faster and uses less memory); text() returns
|
|---|
| 237 | plain or rich text depending on the textFormat(). This mode
|
|---|
| 238 | can correctly display a large subset of HTML tags.
|
|---|
| 239 | \row \i Log Viewer \i setTextFormat(LogText)
|
|---|
| 240 | \i Append text using append(). The widget is set to be read
|
|---|
| 241 | only and rich text support is disabled although a few HTML
|
|---|
| 242 | tags (for color, bold, italic and underline) may be used.
|
|---|
| 243 | (See \link #logtextmode LogText mode\endlink for details.)
|
|---|
| 244 | \endtable
|
|---|
| 245 |
|
|---|
| 246 | <sup>1.</sup><small>A more complete API that supports setting
|
|---|
| 247 | margins, images, etc., is planned for a later Qt release.</small>
|
|---|
| 248 |
|
|---|
| 249 | QTextEdit can be used as a syntax highlighting editor when used in
|
|---|
| 250 | conjunction with QSyntaxHighlighter.
|
|---|
| 251 |
|
|---|
| 252 | We recommend that you always call setTextFormat() to set the mode
|
|---|
| 253 | you want to use. If you use \c AutoText then setText() and
|
|---|
| 254 | append() will try to determine whether the text they are given is
|
|---|
| 255 | plain text or rich text. If you use \c RichText then setText() and
|
|---|
| 256 | append() will assume that the text they are given is rich text.
|
|---|
| 257 | insert() simply inserts the text it is given.
|
|---|
| 258 |
|
|---|
| 259 | QTextEdit works on paragraphs and characters. A paragraph is a
|
|---|
| 260 | formatted string which is word-wrapped to fit into the width of
|
|---|
| 261 | the widget. By default when reading plain text, one newline
|
|---|
| 262 | signify a paragraph. A document consists of zero or more
|
|---|
| 263 | paragraphs, indexed from 0. Characters are indexed on a
|
|---|
| 264 | per-paragraph basis, also indexed from 0. The words in the
|
|---|
| 265 | paragraph are aligned in accordance with the paragraph's
|
|---|
| 266 | alignment(). Paragraphs are separated by hard line breaks. Each
|
|---|
| 267 | character within a paragraph has its own attributes, for example,
|
|---|
| 268 | font and color.
|
|---|
| 269 |
|
|---|
| 270 | The text edit documentation uses the following concepts:
|
|---|
| 271 | \list
|
|---|
| 272 | \i \e{current format} --
|
|---|
| 273 | this is the format at the current cursor position, \e and it
|
|---|
| 274 | is the format of the selected text if any.
|
|---|
| 275 | \i \e{current paragraph} -- the paragraph which contains the
|
|---|
| 276 | cursor.
|
|---|
| 277 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 278 |
|
|---|
| 279 | QTextEdit can display images (using QMimeSourceFactory), lists and
|
|---|
| 280 | tables. If the text is too large to view within the text edit's
|
|---|
| 281 | viewport, scrollbars will appear. The text edit can load both
|
|---|
| 282 | plain text and HTML files (a subset of HTML 3.2 and 4). The
|
|---|
| 283 | rendering style and the set of valid tags are defined by a
|
|---|
| 284 | styleSheet(). Custom tags can be created and placed in a custom
|
|---|
| 285 | style sheet. Change the style sheet with \l{setStyleSheet()}; see
|
|---|
| 286 | QStyleSheet for details. The images identified by image tags are
|
|---|
| 287 | displayed if they can be interpreted using the text edit's
|
|---|
| 288 | \l{QMimeSourceFactory}; see setMimeSourceFactory().
|
|---|
| 289 |
|
|---|
| 290 | If you want a text browser with more navigation use QTextBrowser.
|
|---|
| 291 | If you just need to display a small piece of rich text use QLabel
|
|---|
| 292 | or QSimpleRichText.
|
|---|
| 293 |
|
|---|
| 294 | If you create a new QTextEdit, and want to allow the user to edit
|
|---|
| 295 | rich text, call setTextFormat(Qt::RichText) to ensure that the
|
|---|
| 296 | text is treated as rich text. (Rich text uses HTML tags to set
|
|---|
| 297 | text formatting attributes. See QStyleSheet for information on the
|
|---|
| 298 | HTML tags that are supported.). If you don't call setTextFormat()
|
|---|
| 299 | explicitly the text edit will guess from the text itself whether
|
|---|
| 300 | it is rich text or plain text. This means that if the text looks
|
|---|
| 301 | like HTML or XML it will probably be interpreted as rich text, so
|
|---|
| 302 | you should call setTextFormat(Qt::PlainText) to preserve such
|
|---|
| 303 | text.
|
|---|
| 304 |
|
|---|
| 305 | Note that we do not intend to add a full-featured web browser
|
|---|
| 306 | widget to Qt (because that would easily double Qt's size and only
|
|---|
| 307 | a few applications would benefit from it). The rich
|
|---|
| 308 | text support in Qt is designed to provide a fast, portable and
|
|---|
| 309 | efficient way to add reasonable online help facilities to
|
|---|
| 310 | applications, and to provide a basis for rich text editors.
|
|---|
| 311 |
|
|---|
| 312 | \section1 Using QTextEdit as a Display Widget
|
|---|
| 313 |
|
|---|
| 314 | QTextEdit can display a large HTML subset, including tables and
|
|---|
| 315 | images.
|
|---|
| 316 |
|
|---|
| 317 | The text is set or replaced using setText() which deletes any
|
|---|
| 318 | existing text and replaces it with the text passed in the
|
|---|
| 319 | setText() call. If you call setText() with legacy HTML (with
|
|---|
| 320 | setTextFormat(RichText) in force), and then call text(), the text
|
|---|
| 321 | that is returned may have different markup, but will render the
|
|---|
| 322 | same. Text can be inserted with insert(), paste(), pasteSubType()
|
|---|
| 323 | and append(). Text that is appended does not go into the undo
|
|---|
| 324 | history; this makes append() faster and consumes less memory. Text
|
|---|
| 325 | can also be cut(). The entire text is deleted with clear() and the
|
|---|
| 326 | selected text is deleted with removeSelectedText(). Selected
|
|---|
| 327 | (marked) text can also be deleted with del() (which will delete
|
|---|
| 328 | the character to the right of the cursor if no text is selected).
|
|---|
| 329 |
|
|---|
| 330 | Loading and saving text is achieved using setText() and text(),
|
|---|
| 331 | for example:
|
|---|
| 332 | \code
|
|---|
| 333 | QFile file( fileName ); // Read the text from a file
|
|---|
| 334 | if ( file.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
|
|---|
| 335 | QTextStream stream( &file );
|
|---|
| 336 | textEdit->setText( stream.read() );
|
|---|
| 337 | }
|
|---|
| 338 |
|
|---|
| 339 | QFile file( fileName ); // Write the text to a file
|
|---|
| 340 | if ( file.open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
|
|---|
| 341 | QTextStream stream( &file );
|
|---|
| 342 | stream << textEdit->text();
|
|---|
| 343 | textEdit->setModified( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 344 | }
|
|---|
| 345 | \endcode
|
|---|
| 346 |
|
|---|
| 347 | By default the text edit wraps words at whitespace to fit within
|
|---|
| 348 | the text edit widget. The setWordWrap() function is used to
|
|---|
| 349 | specify the kind of word wrap you want, or \c NoWrap if you don't
|
|---|
| 350 | want any wrapping. Call setWordWrap() to set a fixed pixel width
|
|---|
| 351 | \c FixedPixelWidth, or character column (e.g. 80 column) \c
|
|---|
| 352 | FixedColumnWidth with the pixels or columns specified with
|
|---|
| 353 | setWrapColumnOrWidth(). If you use word wrap to the widget's width
|
|---|
| 354 | \c WidgetWidth, you can specify whether to break on whitespace or
|
|---|
| 355 | anywhere with setWrapPolicy().
|
|---|
| 356 |
|
|---|
| 357 | The background color is set differently than other widgets, using
|
|---|
| 358 | setPaper(). You specify a brush style which could be a plain color
|
|---|
| 359 | or a complex pixmap.
|
|---|
| 360 |
|
|---|
| 361 | Hypertext links are automatically underlined; this can be changed
|
|---|
| 362 | with setLinkUnderline(). The tab stop width is set with
|
|---|
| 363 | setTabStopWidth().
|
|---|
| 364 |
|
|---|
| 365 | The zoomIn() and zoomOut() functions can be used to resize the
|
|---|
| 366 | text by increasing (decreasing for zoomOut()) the point size used.
|
|---|
| 367 | Images are not affected by the zoom functions.
|
|---|
| 368 |
|
|---|
| 369 | The lines() function returns the number of lines in the text and
|
|---|
| 370 | paragraphs() returns the number of paragraphs. The number of lines
|
|---|
| 371 | within a particular paragraph is returned by linesOfParagraph().
|
|---|
| 372 | The length of the entire text in characters is returned by
|
|---|
| 373 | length().
|
|---|
| 374 |
|
|---|
| 375 | You can scroll to an anchor in the text, e.g.
|
|---|
| 376 | \c{<a name="anchor">} with scrollToAnchor(). The find() function
|
|---|
| 377 | can be used to find and select a given string within the text.
|
|---|
| 378 |
|
|---|
| 379 | A read-only QTextEdit provides the same functionality as the
|
|---|
| 380 | (obsolete) QTextView. (QTextView is still supplied for
|
|---|
| 381 | compatibility with old code.)
|
|---|
| 382 |
|
|---|
| 383 | \section2 Read-only key bindings
|
|---|
| 384 |
|
|---|
| 385 | When QTextEdit is used read-only the key-bindings are limited to
|
|---|
| 386 | navigation, and text may only be selected with the mouse:
|
|---|
| 387 | \table
|
|---|
| 388 | \header \i Keypresses \i Action
|
|---|
| 389 | \row \i UpArrow \i Move one line up
|
|---|
| 390 | \row \i DownArrow \i Move one line down
|
|---|
| 391 | \row \i LeftArrow \i Move one character left
|
|---|
| 392 | \row \i RightArrow \i Move one character right
|
|---|
| 393 | \row \i PageUp \i Move one (viewport) page up
|
|---|
| 394 | \row \i PageDown \i Move one (viewport) page down
|
|---|
| 395 | \row \i Home \i Move to the beginning of the text
|
|---|
| 396 | \row \i End \i Move to the end of the text
|
|---|
| 397 | \row \i Shift+Wheel
|
|---|
| 398 | \i Scroll the page horizontally (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
|
|---|
| 399 | \row \i Ctrl+Wheel \i Zoom the text
|
|---|
| 400 | \endtable
|
|---|
| 401 |
|
|---|
| 402 | The text edit may be able to provide some meta-information. For
|
|---|
| 403 | example, the documentTitle() function will return the text from
|
|---|
| 404 | within HTML \c{<title>} tags.
|
|---|
| 405 |
|
|---|
| 406 | The text displayed in a text edit has a \e context. The context is
|
|---|
| 407 | a path which the text edit's QMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve
|
|---|
| 408 | the locations of files and images. It is passed to the
|
|---|
| 409 | mimeSourceFactory() when quering data. (See QTextEdit() and
|
|---|
| 410 | \l{context()}.)
|
|---|
| 411 |
|
|---|
| 412 | \target logtextmode
|
|---|
| 413 | \section2 Using QTextEdit in LogText Mode
|
|---|
| 414 |
|
|---|
| 415 | Setting the text format to \c LogText puts the widget in a special
|
|---|
| 416 | mode which is optimized for very large texts. In this mode editing
|
|---|
| 417 | and rich text support are disabled (the widget is explicitly set
|
|---|
| 418 | to read-only mode). This allows the text to be stored in a
|
|---|
| 419 | different, more memory efficient manner. However, a certain degree
|
|---|
| 420 | of text formatting is supported through the use of formatting
|
|---|
| 421 | tags. A tag is delimited by \c < and \c {>}. The characters \c
|
|---|
| 422 | {<}, \c > and \c & are escaped by using \c {<}, \c {>} and
|
|---|
| 423 | \c {&}. A tag pair consists of a left and a right tag (or
|
|---|
| 424 | open/close tags). Left-tags mark the starting point for
|
|---|
| 425 | formatting, while right-tags mark the ending point. A right-tag
|
|---|
| 426 | always start with a \c / before the tag keyword. For example \c
|
|---|
| 427 | <b> and \c </b> are a tag pair. Tags can be nested, but they
|
|---|
| 428 | have to be closed in the same order as they are opened. For
|
|---|
| 429 | example, \c <b><u></u></b> is valid, while \c
|
|---|
| 430 | <b><u></b></u> will output an error message.
|
|---|
| 431 |
|
|---|
| 432 | By using tags it is possible to change the color, bold, italic and
|
|---|
| 433 | underline settings for a piece of text. A color can be specified
|
|---|
| 434 | by using the HTML font tag \c {<font color=colorname>}. The color
|
|---|
| 435 | name can be one of the color names from the X11 color database, or
|
|---|
| 436 | a RGB hex value (e.g \c {#00ff00}). Example of valid color tags:
|
|---|
| 437 | \c {<font color=red>}, \c {<font color="light blue">}, \c {<font
|
|---|
| 438 | color="#223344">}. Bold, italic and underline settings can be
|
|---|
| 439 | specified by the tags \c {<b>}, \c <i> and \c {<u>}. Note that a
|
|---|
| 440 | tag does not necessarily have to be closed. A valid example:
|
|---|
| 441 | \code
|
|---|
| 442 | This is <font color=red>red</font> while <b>this</b> is <font color=blue>blue</font>.
|
|---|
| 443 | <font color=green><font color=yellow>Yellow,</font> and <u>green</u>.
|
|---|
| 444 | \endcode
|
|---|
| 445 |
|
|---|
| 446 | Stylesheets can also be used in LogText mode. To create and use a
|
|---|
| 447 | custom tag, you could do the following:
|
|---|
| 448 | \code
|
|---|
| 449 | QTextEdit * log = new QTextEdit( this );
|
|---|
| 450 | log->setTextFormat( Qt::LogText );
|
|---|
| 451 | QStyleSheetItem * item = new QStyleSheetItem( log->styleSheet(), "mytag" );
|
|---|
| 452 | item->setColor( "red" );
|
|---|
| 453 | item->setFontWeight( QFont::Bold );
|
|---|
| 454 | item->setFontUnderline( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 455 | log->append( "This is a <mytag>custom tag</mytag>!" );
|
|---|
| 456 | \endcode
|
|---|
| 457 | Note that only the color, bold, underline and italic attributes of
|
|---|
| 458 | a QStyleSheetItem is used in LogText mode.
|
|---|
| 459 |
|
|---|
| 460 | Note that you can use setMaxLogLines() to limit the number of
|
|---|
| 461 | lines the widget can hold in LogText mode.
|
|---|
| 462 |
|
|---|
| 463 | There are a few things that you need to be aware of when the
|
|---|
| 464 | widget is in this mode:
|
|---|
| 465 | \list
|
|---|
| 466 | \i Functions that deal with rich text formatting and cursor
|
|---|
| 467 | movement will not work or return anything valid.
|
|---|
| 468 | \i Lines are equivalent to paragraphs.
|
|---|
| 469 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 470 |
|
|---|
| 471 | \section1 Using QTextEdit as an Editor
|
|---|
| 472 |
|
|---|
| 473 | All the information about using QTextEdit as a display widget also
|
|---|
| 474 | applies here.
|
|---|
| 475 |
|
|---|
| 476 | The current format's attributes are set with setItalic(),
|
|---|
| 477 | setBold(), setUnderline(), setFamily() (font family),
|
|---|
| 478 | setPointSize(), setColor() and setCurrentFont(). The current
|
|---|
| 479 | paragraph's alignment is set with setAlignment().
|
|---|
| 480 |
|
|---|
| 481 | Use setSelection() to select text. The setSelectionAttributes()
|
|---|
| 482 | function is used to indicate how selected text should be
|
|---|
| 483 | displayed. Use hasSelectedText() to find out if any text is
|
|---|
| 484 | selected. The currently selected text's position is available
|
|---|
| 485 | using getSelection() and the selected text itself is returned by
|
|---|
| 486 | selectedText(). The selection can be copied to the clipboard with
|
|---|
| 487 | copy(), or cut to the clipboard with cut(). It can be deleted with
|
|---|
| 488 | removeSelectedText(). The entire text can be selected (or
|
|---|
| 489 | unselected) using selectAll(). QTextEdit supports multiple
|
|---|
| 490 | selections. Most of the selection functions operate on the default
|
|---|
| 491 | selection, selection 0. If the user presses a non-selecting key,
|
|---|
| 492 | e.g. a cursor key without also holding down Shift, all selections
|
|---|
| 493 | are cleared.
|
|---|
| 494 |
|
|---|
| 495 | Set and get the position of the cursor with setCursorPosition()
|
|---|
| 496 | and getCursorPosition() respectively. When the cursor is moved,
|
|---|
| 497 | the signals currentFontChanged(), currentColorChanged() and
|
|---|
| 498 | currentAlignmentChanged() are emitted to reflect the font, color
|
|---|
| 499 | and alignment at the new cursor position.
|
|---|
| 500 |
|
|---|
| 501 | If the text changes, the textChanged() signal is emitted, and if
|
|---|
| 502 | the user inserts a new line by pressing Return or Enter,
|
|---|
| 503 | returnPressed() is emitted. The isModified() function will return
|
|---|
| 504 | TRUE if the text has been modified.
|
|---|
| 505 |
|
|---|
| 506 | QTextEdit provides command-based undo and redo. To set the depth
|
|---|
| 507 | of the command history use setUndoDepth() which defaults to 100
|
|---|
| 508 | steps. To undo or redo the last operation call undo() or redo().
|
|---|
| 509 | The signals undoAvailable() and redoAvailable() indicate whether
|
|---|
| 510 | the undo and redo operations can be executed.
|
|---|
| 511 |
|
|---|
| 512 | The indent() function is used to reindent a paragraph. It is
|
|---|
| 513 | useful for code editors, for example in \link designer-manual.book
|
|---|
| 514 | Qt Designer\endlink's code editor \e{Ctrl+I} invokes the indent()
|
|---|
| 515 | function.
|
|---|
| 516 |
|
|---|
| 517 | \section2 Editing key bindings
|
|---|
| 518 |
|
|---|
| 519 | The list of key-bindings which are implemented for editing:
|
|---|
| 520 | \table
|
|---|
| 521 | \header \i Keypresses \i Action
|
|---|
| 522 | \row \i Backspace \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
|
|---|
| 523 | \row \i Delete \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
|
|---|
| 524 | \row \i Ctrl+A \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
|---|
| 525 | \row \i Ctrl+B \i Move the cursor one character left
|
|---|
| 526 | \row \i Ctrl+C \i Copy the marked text to the clipboard (also
|
|---|
| 527 | Ctrl+Insert under Windows)
|
|---|
| 528 | \row \i Ctrl+D \i Delete the character to the right of the cursor
|
|---|
| 529 | \row \i Ctrl+E \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
|
|---|
| 530 | \row \i Ctrl+F \i Move the cursor one character right
|
|---|
| 531 | \row \i Ctrl+H \i Delete the character to the left of the cursor
|
|---|
| 532 | \row \i Ctrl+K \i Delete to end of line
|
|---|
| 533 | \row \i Ctrl+N \i Move the cursor one line down
|
|---|
| 534 | \row \i Ctrl+P \i Move the cursor one line up
|
|---|
| 535 | \row \i Ctrl+V \i Paste the clipboard text into line edit
|
|---|
| 536 | (also Shift+Insert under Windows)
|
|---|
| 537 | \row \i Ctrl+X \i Cut the marked text, copy to clipboard
|
|---|
| 538 | (also Shift+Delete under Windows)
|
|---|
| 539 | \row \i Ctrl+Z \i Undo the last operation
|
|---|
| 540 | \row \i Ctrl+Y \i Redo the last operation
|
|---|
| 541 | \row \i LeftArrow \i Move the cursor one character left
|
|---|
| 542 | \row \i Ctrl+LeftArrow \i Move the cursor one word left
|
|---|
| 543 | \row \i RightArrow \i Move the cursor one character right
|
|---|
| 544 | \row \i Ctrl+RightArrow \i Move the cursor one word right
|
|---|
| 545 | \row \i UpArrow \i Move the cursor one line up
|
|---|
| 546 | \row \i Ctrl+UpArrow \i Move the cursor one word up
|
|---|
| 547 | \row \i DownArrow \i Move the cursor one line down
|
|---|
| 548 | \row \i Ctrl+Down Arrow \i Move the cursor one word down
|
|---|
| 549 | \row \i PageUp \i Move the cursor one page up
|
|---|
| 550 | \row \i PageDown \i Move the cursor one page down
|
|---|
| 551 | \row \i Home \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
|---|
| 552 | \row \i Ctrl+Home \i Move the cursor to the beginning of the text
|
|---|
| 553 | \row \i End \i Move the cursor to the end of the line
|
|---|
| 554 | \row \i Ctrl+End \i Move the cursor to the end of the text
|
|---|
| 555 | \row \i Shift+Wheel \i Scroll the page horizontally
|
|---|
| 556 | (the Wheel is the mouse wheel)
|
|---|
| 557 | \row \i Ctrl+Wheel \i Zoom the text
|
|---|
| 558 | \endtable
|
|---|
| 559 |
|
|---|
| 560 | To select (mark) text hold down the Shift key whilst pressing one
|
|---|
| 561 | of the movement keystrokes, for example, \e{Shift+Right Arrow}
|
|---|
| 562 | will select the character to the right, and \e{Shift+Ctrl+Right
|
|---|
| 563 | Arrow} will select the word to the right, etc.
|
|---|
| 564 |
|
|---|
| 565 | By default the text edit widget operates in insert mode so all
|
|---|
| 566 | text that the user enters is inserted into the text edit and any
|
|---|
| 567 | text to the right of the cursor is moved out of the way. The mode
|
|---|
| 568 | can be changed to overwrite, where new text overwrites any text to
|
|---|
| 569 | the right of the cursor, using setOverwriteMode().
|
|---|
| 570 | */
|
|---|
| 571 |
|
|---|
| 572 | /*!
|
|---|
| 573 | \enum QTextEdit::AutoFormatting
|
|---|
| 574 |
|
|---|
| 575 | \value AutoNone Do not perform any automatic formatting
|
|---|
| 576 | \value AutoBulletList Only automatically format bulletted lists
|
|---|
| 577 | \value AutoAll Apply all available autoformatting
|
|---|
| 578 | */
|
|---|
| 579 |
|
|---|
| 580 |
|
|---|
| 581 | /*!
|
|---|
| 582 | \enum QTextEdit::KeyboardAction
|
|---|
| 583 |
|
|---|
| 584 | This enum is used by doKeyboardAction() to specify which action
|
|---|
| 585 | should be executed:
|
|---|
| 586 |
|
|---|
| 587 | \value ActionBackspace Delete the character to the left of the
|
|---|
| 588 | cursor.
|
|---|
| 589 |
|
|---|
| 590 | \value ActionDelete Delete the character to the right of the
|
|---|
| 591 | cursor.
|
|---|
| 592 |
|
|---|
| 593 | \value ActionReturn Split the paragraph at the cursor position.
|
|---|
| 594 |
|
|---|
| 595 | \value ActionKill If the cursor is not at the end of the
|
|---|
| 596 | paragraph, delete the text from the cursor position until the end
|
|---|
| 597 | of the paragraph. If the cursor is at the end of the paragraph,
|
|---|
| 598 | delete the hard line break at the end of the paragraph: this will
|
|---|
| 599 | cause this paragraph to be joined with the following paragraph.
|
|---|
| 600 |
|
|---|
| 601 | \value ActionWordBackspace Delete the word to the left of the
|
|---|
| 602 | cursor position.
|
|---|
| 603 |
|
|---|
| 604 | \value ActionWordDelete Delete the word to the right of the
|
|---|
| 605 | cursor position
|
|---|
| 606 |
|
|---|
| 607 | */
|
|---|
| 608 |
|
|---|
| 609 | /*!
|
|---|
| 610 | \enum QTextEdit::VerticalAlignment
|
|---|
| 611 |
|
|---|
| 612 | This enum is used to set the vertical alignment of the text.
|
|---|
| 613 |
|
|---|
| 614 | \value AlignNormal Normal alignment
|
|---|
| 615 | \value AlignSuperScript Superscript
|
|---|
| 616 | \value AlignSubScript Subscript
|
|---|
| 617 | */
|
|---|
| 618 |
|
|---|
| 619 | /*!
|
|---|
| 620 | \enum QTextEdit::TextInsertionFlags
|
|---|
| 621 |
|
|---|
| 622 | \internal
|
|---|
| 623 |
|
|---|
| 624 | \value RedoIndentation
|
|---|
| 625 | \value CheckNewLines
|
|---|
| 626 | \value RemoveSelected
|
|---|
| 627 | */
|
|---|
| 628 |
|
|---|
| 629 |
|
|---|
| 630 | /*!
|
|---|
| 631 | \fn void QTextEdit::copyAvailable(bool yes)
|
|---|
| 632 |
|
|---|
| 633 | This signal is emitted when text is selected or de-selected in the
|
|---|
| 634 | text edit.
|
|---|
| 635 |
|
|---|
| 636 | When text is selected this signal will be emitted with \a yes set
|
|---|
| 637 | to TRUE. If no text has been selected or if the selected text is
|
|---|
| 638 | de-selected this signal is emitted with \a yes set to FALSE.
|
|---|
| 639 |
|
|---|
| 640 | If \a yes is TRUE then copy() can be used to copy the selection to
|
|---|
| 641 | the clipboard. If \a yes is FALSE then copy() does nothing.
|
|---|
| 642 |
|
|---|
| 643 | \sa selectionChanged()
|
|---|
| 644 | */
|
|---|
| 645 |
|
|---|
| 646 |
|
|---|
| 647 | /*!
|
|---|
| 648 | \fn void QTextEdit::textChanged()
|
|---|
| 649 |
|
|---|
| 650 | This signal is emitted whenever the text in the text edit changes.
|
|---|
| 651 |
|
|---|
| 652 | \sa setText() append()
|
|---|
| 653 | */
|
|---|
| 654 |
|
|---|
| 655 | /*!
|
|---|
| 656 | \fn void QTextEdit::selectionChanged()
|
|---|
| 657 |
|
|---|
| 658 | This signal is emitted whenever the selection changes.
|
|---|
| 659 |
|
|---|
| 660 | \sa setSelection() copyAvailable()
|
|---|
| 661 | */
|
|---|
| 662 |
|
|---|
| 663 | /*! \fn QTextDocument *QTextEdit::document() const
|
|---|
| 664 |
|
|---|
| 665 | \internal
|
|---|
| 666 |
|
|---|
| 667 | This function returns the QTextDocument which is used by the text
|
|---|
| 668 | edit.
|
|---|
| 669 | */
|
|---|
| 670 |
|
|---|
| 671 | /*! \fn void QTextEdit::setDocument( QTextDocument *doc )
|
|---|
| 672 |
|
|---|
| 673 | \internal
|
|---|
| 674 |
|
|---|
| 675 | This function sets the QTextDocument which should be used by the text
|
|---|
| 676 | edit to \a doc. This can be used, for example, if you want to
|
|---|
| 677 | display a document using multiple views. You would create a
|
|---|
| 678 | QTextDocument and set it to the text edits which should display it.
|
|---|
| 679 | You would need to connect to the textChanged() and
|
|---|
| 680 | selectionChanged() signals of all the text edits and update them all
|
|---|
| 681 | accordingly (preferably with a slight delay for efficiency reasons).
|
|---|
| 682 | */
|
|---|
| 683 |
|
|---|
| 684 | /*!
|
|---|
| 685 | \enum QTextEdit::CursorAction
|
|---|
| 686 |
|
|---|
| 687 | This enum is used by moveCursor() to specify in which direction
|
|---|
| 688 | the cursor should be moved:
|
|---|
| 689 |
|
|---|
| 690 | \value MoveBackward Moves the cursor one character backward
|
|---|
| 691 |
|
|---|
| 692 | \value MoveWordBackward Moves the cursor one word backward
|
|---|
| 693 |
|
|---|
| 694 | \value MoveForward Moves the cursor one character forward
|
|---|
| 695 |
|
|---|
| 696 | \value MoveWordForward Moves the cursor one word forward
|
|---|
| 697 |
|
|---|
| 698 | \value MoveUp Moves the cursor up one line
|
|---|
| 699 |
|
|---|
| 700 | \value MoveDown Moves the cursor down one line
|
|---|
| 701 |
|
|---|
| 702 | \value MoveLineStart Moves the cursor to the beginning of the line
|
|---|
| 703 |
|
|---|
| 704 | \value MoveLineEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the line
|
|---|
| 705 |
|
|---|
| 706 | \value MoveHome Moves the cursor to the beginning of the document
|
|---|
| 707 |
|
|---|
| 708 | \value MoveEnd Moves the cursor to the end of the document
|
|---|
| 709 |
|
|---|
| 710 | \value MovePgUp Moves the cursor one viewport page up
|
|---|
| 711 |
|
|---|
| 712 | \value MovePgDown Moves the cursor one viewport page down
|
|---|
| 713 | */
|
|---|
| 714 |
|
|---|
| 715 | /*!
|
|---|
| 716 | \enum Qt::AnchorAttribute
|
|---|
| 717 |
|
|---|
| 718 | An anchor has one or more of the following attributes:
|
|---|
| 719 |
|
|---|
| 720 | \value AnchorName the name attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
|
|---|
| 721 | used when scrolling to an anchor in the document.
|
|---|
| 722 |
|
|---|
| 723 | \value AnchorHref the href attribute of the anchor. This attribute is
|
|---|
| 724 | used when a link is clicked to determine what content to load.
|
|---|
| 725 | */
|
|---|
| 726 |
|
|---|
| 727 | /*!
|
|---|
| 728 | \property QTextEdit::overwriteMode
|
|---|
| 729 | \brief the text edit's overwrite mode
|
|---|
| 730 |
|
|---|
| 731 | If FALSE (the default) characters entered by the user are inserted
|
|---|
| 732 | with any characters to the right being moved out of the way. If
|
|---|
| 733 | TRUE, the editor is in overwrite mode, i.e. characters entered by
|
|---|
| 734 | the user overwrite any characters to the right of the cursor
|
|---|
| 735 | position.
|
|---|
| 736 | */
|
|---|
| 737 |
|
|---|
| 738 | /*!
|
|---|
| 739 | \fn void QTextEdit::setCurrentFont( const QFont &f )
|
|---|
| 740 |
|
|---|
| 741 | Sets the font of the current format to \a f.
|
|---|
| 742 |
|
|---|
| 743 | If the widget is in \c LogText mode this function will do
|
|---|
| 744 | nothing. Use setFont() instead.
|
|---|
| 745 |
|
|---|
| 746 | \sa currentFont() setPointSize() setFamily()
|
|---|
| 747 | */
|
|---|
| 748 |
|
|---|
| 749 | /*!
|
|---|
| 750 | \property QTextEdit::undoDepth
|
|---|
| 751 | \brief the depth of the undo history
|
|---|
| 752 |
|
|---|
| 753 | The maximum number of steps in the undo/redo history. The default
|
|---|
| 754 | is 100.
|
|---|
| 755 |
|
|---|
| 756 | \sa undo() redo()
|
|---|
| 757 | */
|
|---|
| 758 |
|
|---|
| 759 | /*!
|
|---|
| 760 | \fn void QTextEdit::undoAvailable( bool yes )
|
|---|
| 761 |
|
|---|
| 762 | This signal is emitted when the availability of undo changes. If
|
|---|
| 763 | \a yes is TRUE, then undo() will work until undoAvailable( FALSE )
|
|---|
| 764 | is next emitted.
|
|---|
| 765 |
|
|---|
| 766 | \sa undo() undoDepth()
|
|---|
| 767 | */
|
|---|
| 768 |
|
|---|
| 769 | /*!
|
|---|
| 770 | \fn void QTextEdit::modificationChanged( bool m )
|
|---|
| 771 |
|
|---|
| 772 | This signal is emitted when the modification status of the
|
|---|
| 773 | document has changed. If \a m is TRUE, the document was modified,
|
|---|
| 774 | otherwise the modification state has been reset to unmodified.
|
|---|
| 775 |
|
|---|
| 776 | \sa modified
|
|---|
| 777 | */
|
|---|
| 778 |
|
|---|
| 779 | /*!
|
|---|
| 780 | \fn void QTextEdit::redoAvailable( bool yes )
|
|---|
| 781 |
|
|---|
| 782 | This signal is emitted when the availability of redo changes. If
|
|---|
| 783 | \a yes is TRUE, then redo() will work until redoAvailable( FALSE )
|
|---|
| 784 | is next emitted.
|
|---|
| 785 |
|
|---|
| 786 | \sa redo() undoDepth()
|
|---|
| 787 | */
|
|---|
| 788 |
|
|---|
| 789 | /*!
|
|---|
| 790 | \fn void QTextEdit::currentFontChanged( const QFont &f )
|
|---|
| 791 |
|
|---|
| 792 | This signal is emitted if the font of the current format has
|
|---|
| 793 | changed.
|
|---|
| 794 |
|
|---|
| 795 | The new font is \a f.
|
|---|
| 796 |
|
|---|
| 797 | \sa setCurrentFont()
|
|---|
| 798 | */
|
|---|
| 799 |
|
|---|
| 800 | /*!
|
|---|
| 801 | \fn void QTextEdit::currentColorChanged( const QColor &c )
|
|---|
| 802 |
|
|---|
| 803 | This signal is emitted if the color of the current format has
|
|---|
| 804 | changed.
|
|---|
| 805 |
|
|---|
| 806 | The new color is \a c.
|
|---|
| 807 |
|
|---|
| 808 | \sa setColor()
|
|---|
| 809 | */
|
|---|
| 810 |
|
|---|
| 811 | /*!
|
|---|
| 812 | \fn void QTextEdit::currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( VerticalAlignment a )
|
|---|
| 813 |
|
|---|
| 814 | This signal is emitted if the vertical alignment of the current
|
|---|
| 815 | format has changed.
|
|---|
| 816 |
|
|---|
| 817 | The new vertical alignment is \a a.
|
|---|
| 818 |
|
|---|
| 819 | \sa setVerticalAlignment()
|
|---|
| 820 | */
|
|---|
| 821 |
|
|---|
| 822 | /*!
|
|---|
| 823 | \fn void QTextEdit::currentAlignmentChanged( int a )
|
|---|
| 824 |
|
|---|
| 825 | This signal is emitted if the alignment of the current paragraph
|
|---|
| 826 | has changed.
|
|---|
| 827 |
|
|---|
| 828 | The new alignment is \a a.
|
|---|
| 829 |
|
|---|
| 830 | \sa setAlignment()
|
|---|
| 831 | */
|
|---|
| 832 |
|
|---|
| 833 | /*!
|
|---|
| 834 | \fn void QTextEdit::cursorPositionChanged( QTextCursor *c )
|
|---|
| 835 |
|
|---|
| 836 | \internal
|
|---|
| 837 | */
|
|---|
| 838 |
|
|---|
| 839 | /*!
|
|---|
| 840 | \fn void QTextEdit::cursorPositionChanged( int para, int pos )
|
|---|
| 841 |
|
|---|
| 842 | \overload
|
|---|
| 843 |
|
|---|
| 844 | This signal is emitted if the position of the cursor has changed.
|
|---|
| 845 | \a para contains the paragraph index and \a pos contains the
|
|---|
| 846 | character position within the paragraph.
|
|---|
| 847 |
|
|---|
| 848 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
|---|
| 849 | */
|
|---|
| 850 |
|
|---|
| 851 | /*!
|
|---|
| 852 | \fn void QTextEdit::clicked( int para, int pos )
|
|---|
| 853 |
|
|---|
| 854 | This signal is emitted when the mouse is clicked on the paragraph
|
|---|
| 855 | \a para at character position \a pos.
|
|---|
| 856 |
|
|---|
| 857 | \sa doubleClicked()
|
|---|
| 858 | */
|
|---|
| 859 |
|
|---|
| 860 | /*! \fn void QTextEdit::doubleClicked( int para, int pos )
|
|---|
| 861 |
|
|---|
| 862 | This signal is emitted when the mouse is double-clicked on the
|
|---|
| 863 | paragraph \a para at character position \a pos.
|
|---|
| 864 |
|
|---|
| 865 | \sa clicked()
|
|---|
| 866 | */
|
|---|
| 867 |
|
|---|
| 868 |
|
|---|
| 869 | /*!
|
|---|
| 870 | \fn void QTextEdit::returnPressed()
|
|---|
| 871 |
|
|---|
| 872 | This signal is emitted if the user pressed the Return or the Enter
|
|---|
| 873 | key.
|
|---|
| 874 | */
|
|---|
| 875 |
|
|---|
| 876 | /*!
|
|---|
| 877 | \fn QTextCursor *QTextEdit::textCursor() const
|
|---|
| 878 |
|
|---|
| 879 | Returns the text edit's text cursor.
|
|---|
| 880 |
|
|---|
| 881 | \warning QTextCursor is not in the public API, but in special
|
|---|
| 882 | circumstances you might wish to use it.
|
|---|
| 883 | */
|
|---|
| 884 |
|
|---|
| 885 | /*!
|
|---|
| 886 | Constructs an empty QTextEdit called \a name, with parent \a
|
|---|
| 887 | parent.
|
|---|
| 888 | */
|
|---|
| 889 |
|
|---|
| 890 | QTextEdit::QTextEdit( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
|
|---|
| 891 | : QScrollView( parent, name, WStaticContents | WNoAutoErase ),
|
|---|
| 892 | doc( new QTextDocument( 0 ) ), undoRedoInfo( doc )
|
|---|
| 893 | {
|
|---|
| 894 | init();
|
|---|
| 895 | }
|
|---|
| 896 |
|
|---|
| 897 | /*!
|
|---|
| 898 | Constructs a QTextEdit called \a name, with parent \a parent. The
|
|---|
| 899 | text edit will display the text \a text using context \a context.
|
|---|
| 900 |
|
|---|
| 901 | The \a context is a path which the text edit's QMimeSourceFactory
|
|---|
| 902 | uses to resolve the locations of files and images. It is passed to
|
|---|
| 903 | the mimeSourceFactory() when quering data.
|
|---|
| 904 |
|
|---|
| 905 | For example if the text contains an image tag,
|
|---|
| 906 | \c{<img src="image.png">}, and the context is "path/to/look/in", the
|
|---|
| 907 | QMimeSourceFactory will try to load the image from
|
|---|
| 908 | "path/to/look/in/image.png". If the tag was
|
|---|
| 909 | \c{<img src="/image.png">}, the context will not be used (because
|
|---|
| 910 | QMimeSourceFactory recognizes that we have used an absolute path)
|
|---|
| 911 | and will try to load "/image.png". The context is applied in exactly
|
|---|
| 912 | the same way to \e hrefs, for example,
|
|---|
| 913 | \c{<a href="target.html">Target</a>}, would resolve to
|
|---|
| 914 | "path/to/look/in/target.html".
|
|---|
| 915 | */
|
|---|
| 916 |
|
|---|
| 917 | QTextEdit::QTextEdit( const QString& text, const QString& context,
|
|---|
| 918 | QWidget *parent, const char *name)
|
|---|
| 919 | : QScrollView( parent, name, WStaticContents | WNoAutoErase ),
|
|---|
| 920 | doc( new QTextDocument( 0 ) ), undoRedoInfo( doc )
|
|---|
| 921 | {
|
|---|
| 922 | init();
|
|---|
| 923 | setText( text, context );
|
|---|
| 924 | }
|
|---|
| 925 |
|
|---|
| 926 | /*!
|
|---|
| 927 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 928 | */
|
|---|
| 929 |
|
|---|
| 930 | QTextEdit::~QTextEdit()
|
|---|
| 931 | {
|
|---|
| 932 | delete undoRedoInfo.d;
|
|---|
| 933 | undoRedoInfo.d = 0;
|
|---|
| 934 | delete cursor;
|
|---|
| 935 | delete doc;
|
|---|
| 936 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 937 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 938 | delete d->od;
|
|---|
| 939 | #endif
|
|---|
| 940 | delete d;
|
|---|
| 941 | }
|
|---|
| 942 |
|
|---|
| 943 | void QTextEdit::init()
|
|---|
| 944 | {
|
|---|
| 945 | d = new QTextEditPrivate;
|
|---|
| 946 | doc->formatCollection()->setPaintDevice( this );
|
|---|
| 947 | undoEnabled = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 948 | readonly = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 949 | setReadOnly( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 950 | setFrameStyle( LineEditPanel | Sunken );
|
|---|
| 951 | connect( doc, SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ),
|
|---|
| 952 | this, SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
|
|---|
| 953 |
|
|---|
| 954 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 955 | inDoubleClick = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 956 | modified = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 957 | onLink = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 958 | d->onName = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 959 | overWrite = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 960 | wrapMode = WidgetWidth;
|
|---|
| 961 | wrapWidth = -1;
|
|---|
| 962 | wPolicy = AtWhiteSpace;
|
|---|
| 963 | inDnD = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 964 | doc->setFormatter( new QTextFormatterBreakWords );
|
|---|
| 965 | doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setFont( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 966 | doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->setColor( colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Text ) );
|
|---|
| 967 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
|---|
| 968 | currentAlignment = Qt::AlignAuto;
|
|---|
| 969 |
|
|---|
| 970 | setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
|
|---|
| 971 | viewport()->setBackgroundMode( PaletteBase );
|
|---|
| 972 | viewport()->setAcceptDrops( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 973 | resizeContents( 0, doc->lastParagraph() ?
|
|---|
| 974 | ( doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1 ) * doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->height() : 0 );
|
|---|
| 975 |
|
|---|
| 976 | setKeyCompression( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 977 | viewport()->setMouseTracking( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 978 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 979 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 980 | #endif
|
|---|
| 981 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
|---|
| 982 |
|
|---|
| 983 | formatTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
|---|
| 984 | connect( formatTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|---|
| 985 | this, SLOT( formatMore() ) );
|
|---|
| 986 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 987 |
|
|---|
| 988 | scrollTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
|---|
| 989 | connect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|---|
| 990 | this, SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
|
|---|
| 991 |
|
|---|
| 992 | interval = 0;
|
|---|
| 993 | changeIntervalTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
|---|
| 994 | connect( changeIntervalTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|---|
| 995 | this, SLOT( doChangeInterval() ) );
|
|---|
| 996 |
|
|---|
| 997 | cursorVisible = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 998 | blinkTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
|---|
| 999 | connect( blinkTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|---|
| 1000 | this, SLOT( blinkCursor() ) );
|
|---|
| 1001 |
|
|---|
| 1002 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|---|
| 1003 | dragStartTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
|---|
| 1004 | connect( dragStartTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ),
|
|---|
| 1005 | this, SLOT( startDrag() ) );
|
|---|
| 1006 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1007 |
|
|---|
| 1008 | d->trippleClickTimer = new QTimer( this );
|
|---|
| 1009 |
|
|---|
| 1010 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 1011 |
|
|---|
| 1012 | blinkCursorVisible = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1013 |
|
|---|
| 1014 | viewport()->setFocusProxy( this );
|
|---|
| 1015 | viewport()->setFocusPolicy( WheelFocus );
|
|---|
| 1016 | setInputMethodEnabled( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1017 | viewport()->installEventFilter( this );
|
|---|
| 1018 | connect( this, SIGNAL(horizontalSliderReleased()), this, SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
|
|---|
| 1019 | connect( this, SIGNAL(verticalSliderReleased()), this, SLOT(sliderReleased()) );
|
|---|
| 1020 | installEventFilter( this );
|
|---|
| 1021 | }
|
|---|
| 1022 |
|
|---|
| 1023 | void QTextEdit::paintDocument( bool drawAll, QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
|
|---|
| 1024 | {
|
|---|
| 1025 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 1026 | Q_ASSERT( !d->optimMode );
|
|---|
| 1027 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 1028 | return;
|
|---|
| 1029 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1030 |
|
|---|
| 1031 | bool drawCur = hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus();
|
|---|
| 1032 | if (( hasSelectedText() && !style().styleHint( QStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected ) ) ||
|
|---|
| 1033 | isReadOnly() || !cursorVisible )
|
|---|
| 1034 | drawCur = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1035 | QColorGroup g = colorGroup();
|
|---|
| 1036 | const QColorGroup::ColorRole backRole = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(backgroundMode());
|
|---|
| 1037 | if ( doc->paper() )
|
|---|
| 1038 | g.setBrush( backRole, *doc->paper() );
|
|---|
| 1039 |
|
|---|
| 1040 | if ( contentsY() < doc->y() ) {
|
|---|
| 1041 | p->fillRect( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), doc->y(),
|
|---|
| 1042 | g.brush( backRole ) );
|
|---|
| 1043 | }
|
|---|
| 1044 | if ( drawAll && doc->width() - contentsX() < cx + cw ) {
|
|---|
| 1045 | p->fillRect( doc->width() - contentsX(), cy, cx + cw - doc->width() + contentsX(), ch,
|
|---|
| 1046 | g.brush( backRole ) );
|
|---|
| 1047 | }
|
|---|
| 1048 |
|
|---|
| 1049 | p->setBrushOrigin( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
|
|---|
| 1050 |
|
|---|
| 1051 | lastFormatted = doc->draw( p, cx, cy, cw, ch, g, !drawAll, drawCur, cursor );
|
|---|
| 1052 |
|
|---|
| 1053 | if ( lastFormatted == doc->lastParagraph() )
|
|---|
| 1054 | resizeContents( contentsWidth(), doc->height() );
|
|---|
| 1055 |
|
|---|
| 1056 | if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() && ( !doc->lastParagraph() || doc->lastParagraph()->isValid() ) && drawAll )
|
|---|
| 1057 | p->fillRect( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
|
|---|
| 1058 | visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), g.brush( backRole ) );
|
|---|
| 1059 | }
|
|---|
| 1060 |
|
|---|
| 1061 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1062 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 1063 | */
|
|---|
| 1064 |
|
|---|
| 1065 | void QTextEdit::drawContents( QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
|
|---|
| 1066 | {
|
|---|
| 1067 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 1068 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 1069 | optimDrawContents( p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
|
|---|
| 1070 | return;
|
|---|
| 1071 | }
|
|---|
| 1072 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1073 | paintDocument( TRUE, p, cx, cy, cw, ch );
|
|---|
| 1074 | int v;
|
|---|
| 1075 | p->setPen( foregroundColor() );
|
|---|
| 1076 | if ( document()->isPageBreakEnabled() && ( v = document()->flow()->pageSize() ) > 0 ) {
|
|---|
| 1077 | int l = int(cy / v) * v;
|
|---|
| 1078 | while ( l < cy + ch ) {
|
|---|
| 1079 | p->drawLine( cx, l, cx + cw - 1, l );
|
|---|
| 1080 | l += v;
|
|---|
| 1081 | }
|
|---|
| 1082 | }
|
|---|
| 1083 | }
|
|---|
| 1084 |
|
|---|
| 1085 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1086 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 1087 | */
|
|---|
| 1088 |
|
|---|
| 1089 | void QTextEdit::drawContents( QPainter *p )
|
|---|
| 1090 | {
|
|---|
| 1091 | if ( horizontalScrollBar()->isVisible() &&
|
|---|
| 1092 | verticalScrollBar()->isVisible() ) {
|
|---|
| 1093 | const QRect verticalRect = verticalScrollBar()->geometry();
|
|---|
| 1094 | const QRect horizontalRect = horizontalScrollBar()->geometry();
|
|---|
| 1095 |
|
|---|
| 1096 | QRect cornerRect;
|
|---|
| 1097 | cornerRect.setTop( verticalRect.bottom() );
|
|---|
| 1098 | cornerRect.setBottom( horizontalRect.bottom() );
|
|---|
| 1099 | cornerRect.setLeft( verticalRect.left() );
|
|---|
| 1100 | cornerRect.setRight( verticalRect.right() );
|
|---|
| 1101 |
|
|---|
| 1102 | p->fillRect( cornerRect, colorGroup().background() );
|
|---|
| 1103 | }
|
|---|
| 1104 | }
|
|---|
| 1105 |
|
|---|
| 1106 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1107 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 1108 | */
|
|---|
| 1109 |
|
|---|
| 1110 | bool QTextEdit::event( QEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 1111 | {
|
|---|
| 1112 | if ( e->type() == QEvent::AccelOverride && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 1113 | QKeyEvent* ke = (QKeyEvent*) e;
|
|---|
| 1114 | if ( ke->state() == NoButton || ke->state() == ShiftButton
|
|---|
| 1115 | || ke->state() == Keypad ) {
|
|---|
| 1116 | if ( ke->key() < Key_Escape ) {
|
|---|
| 1117 | ke->accept();
|
|---|
| 1118 | } else if ( ke->state() == NoButton
|
|---|
| 1119 | || ke->state() == ShiftButton ) {
|
|---|
| 1120 | switch ( ke->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 1121 | case Key_Return:
|
|---|
| 1122 | case Key_Enter:
|
|---|
| 1123 | case Key_Delete:
|
|---|
| 1124 | case Key_Home:
|
|---|
| 1125 | case Key_End:
|
|---|
| 1126 | case Key_Backspace:
|
|---|
| 1127 | case Key_Left:
|
|---|
| 1128 | case Key_Right:
|
|---|
| 1129 | ke->accept();
|
|---|
| 1130 | default:
|
|---|
| 1131 | break;
|
|---|
| 1132 | }
|
|---|
| 1133 | }
|
|---|
| 1134 | } else if ( ke->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
|---|
| 1135 | switch ( ke->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 1136 | case Key_Tab:
|
|---|
| 1137 | case Key_Backtab:
|
|---|
| 1138 | ke->ignore();
|
|---|
| 1139 | break;
|
|---|
| 1140 | // Those are too frequently used for application functionality
|
|---|
| 1141 | /* case Key_A:
|
|---|
| 1142 | case Key_B:
|
|---|
| 1143 | case Key_D:
|
|---|
| 1144 | case Key_E:
|
|---|
| 1145 | case Key_F:
|
|---|
| 1146 | case Key_H:
|
|---|
| 1147 | case Key_I:
|
|---|
| 1148 | case Key_K:
|
|---|
| 1149 | case Key_N:
|
|---|
| 1150 | case Key_P:
|
|---|
| 1151 | case Key_T:
|
|---|
| 1152 | */
|
|---|
| 1153 | case Key_C:
|
|---|
| 1154 | case Key_V:
|
|---|
| 1155 | case Key_X:
|
|---|
| 1156 | case Key_Y:
|
|---|
| 1157 | case Key_Z:
|
|---|
| 1158 | case Key_Left:
|
|---|
| 1159 | case Key_Right:
|
|---|
| 1160 | case Key_Up:
|
|---|
| 1161 | case Key_Down:
|
|---|
| 1162 | case Key_Home:
|
|---|
| 1163 | case Key_End:
|
|---|
| 1164 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN) || defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 1165 | case Key_Insert:
|
|---|
| 1166 | case Key_Delete:
|
|---|
| 1167 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1168 | ke->accept();
|
|---|
| 1169 | default:
|
|---|
| 1170 | break;
|
|---|
| 1171 | }
|
|---|
| 1172 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1173 | switch ( ke->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 1174 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN) || defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 1175 | case Key_Insert:
|
|---|
| 1176 | ke->accept();
|
|---|
| 1177 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1178 | default:
|
|---|
| 1179 | break;
|
|---|
| 1180 | }
|
|---|
| 1181 | }
|
|---|
| 1182 | }
|
|---|
| 1183 |
|
|---|
| 1184 | if ( e->type() == QEvent::Show ) {
|
|---|
| 1185 | if (
|
|---|
| 1186 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 1187 | !d->optimMode &&
|
|---|
| 1188 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1189 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent ) {
|
|---|
| 1190 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 1191 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1192 | }
|
|---|
| 1193 | if ( !d->scrollToAnchor.isEmpty() ) {
|
|---|
| 1194 | scrollToAnchor( d->scrollToAnchor );
|
|---|
| 1195 | d->scrollToAnchor = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 1196 | }
|
|---|
| 1197 | }
|
|---|
| 1198 | return QWidget::event( e );
|
|---|
| 1199 | }
|
|---|
| 1200 |
|
|---|
| 1201 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1202 | Processes the key event, \a e. By default key events are used to
|
|---|
| 1203 | provide keyboard navigation and text editing.
|
|---|
| 1204 | */
|
|---|
| 1205 |
|
|---|
| 1206 | void QTextEdit::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 1207 | {
|
|---|
| 1208 | changeIntervalTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 1209 | interval = 10;
|
|---|
| 1210 | bool unknownKey = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1211 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 1212 | if ( !handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( e ) )
|
|---|
| 1213 | QScrollView::keyPressEvent( e );
|
|---|
| 1214 | changeIntervalTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1215 | return;
|
|---|
| 1216 | }
|
|---|
| 1217 |
|
|---|
| 1218 |
|
|---|
| 1219 | bool selChanged = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1220 | for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i ) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
|---|
| 1221 | selChanged = doc->removeSelection( i ) || selChanged;
|
|---|
| 1222 |
|
|---|
| 1223 | if ( selChanged ) {
|
|---|
| 1224 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1225 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1226 | }
|
|---|
| 1227 |
|
|---|
| 1228 | bool clearUndoRedoInfo = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1229 |
|
|---|
| 1230 |
|
|---|
| 1231 | switch ( e->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 1232 | case Key_Left:
|
|---|
| 1233 | case Key_Right: {
|
|---|
| 1234 | // a bit hacky, but can't change this without introducing new enum values for move and keeping the
|
|---|
| 1235 | // correct semantics and movement for BiDi and non BiDi text.
|
|---|
| 1236 | CursorAction a;
|
|---|
| 1237 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->string()->isRightToLeft() == (e->key() == Key_Right) )
|
|---|
| 1238 | a = e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveWordBackward : MoveBackward;
|
|---|
| 1239 | else
|
|---|
| 1240 | a = e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveWordForward : MoveForward;
|
|---|
| 1241 | moveCursor( a, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1242 | break;
|
|---|
| 1243 | }
|
|---|
| 1244 | case Key_Up:
|
|---|
| 1245 | moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MovePgUp : MoveUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1246 | break;
|
|---|
| 1247 | case Key_Down:
|
|---|
| 1248 | moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MovePgDown : MoveDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1249 | break;
|
|---|
| 1250 | case Key_Home:
|
|---|
| 1251 | moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveHome : MoveLineStart, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1252 | break;
|
|---|
| 1253 | case Key_End:
|
|---|
| 1254 | moveCursor( e->state() & ControlButton ? MoveEnd : MoveLineEnd, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1255 | break;
|
|---|
| 1256 | case Key_Prior:
|
|---|
| 1257 | moveCursor( MovePgUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1258 | break;
|
|---|
| 1259 | case Key_Next:
|
|---|
| 1260 | moveCursor( MovePgDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1261 | break;
|
|---|
| 1262 | case Key_Return: case Key_Enter:
|
|---|
| 1263 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, FALSE ) )
|
|---|
| 1264 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 1265 | if ( textFormat() == Qt::RichText && ( e->state() & ControlButton ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1266 | // Ctrl-Enter inserts a line break in rich text mode
|
|---|
| 1267 | insert( QString( QChar( 0x2028) ), TRUE, FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1268 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1269 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 1270 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 1271 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1272 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1273 | doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
|
|---|
| 1274 | emit returnPressed();
|
|---|
| 1275 | }
|
|---|
| 1276 | break;
|
|---|
| 1277 | case Key_Delete:
|
|---|
| 1278 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN) || defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 1279 | if ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) {
|
|---|
| 1280 | cut();
|
|---|
| 1281 | break;
|
|---|
| 1282 | } else
|
|---|
| 1283 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1284 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1285 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 1286 | break;
|
|---|
| 1287 | }
|
|---|
| 1288 | doKeyboardAction( e->state() & ControlButton ? ActionWordDelete
|
|---|
| 1289 | : ActionDelete );
|
|---|
| 1290 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1291 |
|
|---|
| 1292 | break;
|
|---|
| 1293 | case Key_Insert:
|
|---|
| 1294 | if ( e->state() & ShiftButton )
|
|---|
| 1295 | paste();
|
|---|
| 1296 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN) || defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 1297 | else if ( e->state() & ControlButton )
|
|---|
| 1298 | copy();
|
|---|
| 1299 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1300 | else
|
|---|
| 1301 | setOverwriteMode( !isOverwriteMode() );
|
|---|
| 1302 | break;
|
|---|
| 1303 | case Key_Backspace:
|
|---|
| 1304 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN) || defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 1305 | if ( e->state() & AltButton ) {
|
|---|
| 1306 | if (e->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
|---|
| 1307 | break;
|
|---|
| 1308 | } else if ( e->state() & ShiftButton ) {
|
|---|
| 1309 | redo();
|
|---|
| 1310 | break;
|
|---|
| 1311 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1312 | undo();
|
|---|
| 1313 | break;
|
|---|
| 1314 | }
|
|---|
| 1315 | } else
|
|---|
| 1316 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1317 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1318 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 1319 | break;
|
|---|
| 1320 | }
|
|---|
| 1321 |
|
|---|
| 1322 | doKeyboardAction( e->state() & ControlButton ? ActionWordBackspace
|
|---|
| 1323 | : ActionBackspace );
|
|---|
| 1324 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1325 | break;
|
|---|
| 1326 | case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
|---|
| 1327 | copy();
|
|---|
| 1328 | break;
|
|---|
| 1329 | case Key_F18: // Paste key on Sun keyboards
|
|---|
| 1330 | paste();
|
|---|
| 1331 | break;
|
|---|
| 1332 | case Key_F20: // Cut key on Sun keyboards
|
|---|
| 1333 | cut();
|
|---|
| 1334 | break;
|
|---|
| 1335 | case Key_Direction_L:
|
|---|
| 1336 | if ( doc->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText ) {
|
|---|
| 1337 | // change the whole doc
|
|---|
| 1338 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 1339 | while ( p ) {
|
|---|
| 1340 | p->setDirection( QChar::DirL );
|
|---|
| 1341 | p->setAlignment( Qt::AlignLeft );
|
|---|
| 1342 | p->invalidate( 0 );
|
|---|
| 1343 | p = p->next();
|
|---|
| 1344 | }
|
|---|
| 1345 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1346 | if ( !cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == QChar::DirL )
|
|---|
| 1347 | return;
|
|---|
| 1348 | cursor->paragraph()->setDirection( QChar::DirL );
|
|---|
| 1349 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
|
|---|
| 1350 | ( (cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight) ) != 0 ) )
|
|---|
| 1351 | setAlignment( Qt::AlignLeft );
|
|---|
| 1352 | }
|
|---|
| 1353 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1354 | break;
|
|---|
| 1355 | case Key_Direction_R:
|
|---|
| 1356 | if ( doc->textFormat() == Qt::PlainText ) {
|
|---|
| 1357 | // change the whole doc
|
|---|
| 1358 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 1359 | while ( p ) {
|
|---|
| 1360 | p->setDirection( QChar::DirR );
|
|---|
| 1361 | p->setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
|
|---|
| 1362 | p->invalidate( 0 );
|
|---|
| 1363 | p = p->next();
|
|---|
| 1364 | }
|
|---|
| 1365 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1366 | if ( !cursor->paragraph() || cursor->paragraph()->direction() == QChar::DirR )
|
|---|
| 1367 | return;
|
|---|
| 1368 | cursor->paragraph()->setDirection( QChar::DirR );
|
|---|
| 1369 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() <= 1&&
|
|---|
| 1370 | ( (cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & (Qt::AlignLeft | Qt::AlignRight) ) != 0 ) )
|
|---|
| 1371 | setAlignment( Qt::AlignRight );
|
|---|
| 1372 | }
|
|---|
| 1373 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1374 | break;
|
|---|
| 1375 | default: {
|
|---|
| 1376 | if ( e->text().length() &&
|
|---|
| 1377 | ( !( e->state() & ControlButton ) &&
|
|---|
| 1378 | #ifndef Q_OS_MACX
|
|---|
| 1379 | !( e->state() & AltButton ) &&
|
|---|
| 1380 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1381 | !( e->state() & MetaButton ) ||
|
|---|
| 1382 | ( ( (e->state()&ControlButton) | AltButton ) == (ControlButton|AltButton) ) ) &&
|
|---|
| 1383 | ( !e->ascii() || e->ascii() >= 32 || e->text() == "\t" ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1384 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1385 | if ( e->key() == Key_Tab ) {
|
|---|
| 1386 | if ( d->tabChangesFocus ) {
|
|---|
| 1387 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 1388 | break;
|
|---|
| 1389 | }
|
|---|
| 1390 | if ( textFormat() == Qt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
|
|---|
| 1391 | && ( cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1392 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1393 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|---|
| 1394 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 1395 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
|---|
| 1396 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
|---|
| 1397 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() +1 );
|
|---|
| 1398 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1399 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1400 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1401 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1402 | break;
|
|---|
| 1403 | }
|
|---|
| 1404 | } else if ( e->key() == Key_BackTab ) {
|
|---|
| 1405 | if ( d->tabChangesFocus ) {
|
|---|
| 1406 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 1407 | break;
|
|---|
| 1408 | }
|
|---|
| 1409 | }
|
|---|
| 1410 |
|
|---|
| 1411 | if ( ( autoFormatting() & AutoBulletList ) &&
|
|---|
| 1412 | textFormat() == Qt::RichText && cursor->index() == 0
|
|---|
| 1413 | && !cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
|
|---|
| 1414 | && ( e->text()[0] == '-' || e->text()[0] == '*' ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1415 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1416 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|---|
| 1417 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 1418 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
|---|
| 1419 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
|---|
| 1420 | setParagType( QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
|
|---|
| 1421 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1422 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1423 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1424 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1425 | break;
|
|---|
| 1426 | }
|
|---|
| 1427 | if ( overWrite && !cursor->atParagEnd() )
|
|---|
| 1428 | cursor->remove();
|
|---|
| 1429 | QString t = e->text();
|
|---|
| 1430 | #ifdef Q_WS_X11
|
|---|
| 1431 | extern bool qt_hebrew_keyboard_hack;
|
|---|
| 1432 | if ( qt_hebrew_keyboard_hack ) {
|
|---|
| 1433 | // the X11 keyboard layout is broken and does not reverse
|
|---|
| 1434 | // braces correctly. This is a hack to get halfway correct
|
|---|
| 1435 | // behaviour
|
|---|
| 1436 | QTextParagraph *p = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 1437 | if ( p && p->string() && p->string()->isRightToLeft() ) {
|
|---|
| 1438 | QChar *c = (QChar *)t.unicode();
|
|---|
| 1439 | int l = t.length();
|
|---|
| 1440 | while( l-- ) {
|
|---|
| 1441 | if ( c->mirrored() )
|
|---|
| 1442 | *c = c->mirroredChar();
|
|---|
| 1443 | c++;
|
|---|
| 1444 | }
|
|---|
| 1445 | }
|
|---|
| 1446 | }
|
|---|
| 1447 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1448 | insert( t, TRUE, FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1449 | break;
|
|---|
| 1450 | } else if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
|---|
| 1451 | switch ( e->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 1452 | case Key_C: case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
|---|
| 1453 | copy();
|
|---|
| 1454 | break;
|
|---|
| 1455 | case Key_V:
|
|---|
| 1456 | paste();
|
|---|
| 1457 | break;
|
|---|
| 1458 | case Key_X:
|
|---|
| 1459 | cut();
|
|---|
| 1460 | break;
|
|---|
| 1461 | case Key_I: case Key_T: case Key_Tab:
|
|---|
| 1462 | if ( !d->tabChangesFocus )
|
|---|
| 1463 | indent();
|
|---|
| 1464 | break;
|
|---|
| 1465 | case Key_A:
|
|---|
| 1466 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 1467 | moveCursor( MoveLineStart, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1468 | #else
|
|---|
| 1469 | selectAll( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1470 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1471 | break;
|
|---|
| 1472 | case Key_B:
|
|---|
| 1473 | moveCursor( MoveBackward, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1474 | break;
|
|---|
| 1475 | case Key_F:
|
|---|
| 1476 | moveCursor( MoveForward, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1477 | break;
|
|---|
| 1478 | case Key_D:
|
|---|
| 1479 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1480 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 1481 | break;
|
|---|
| 1482 | }
|
|---|
| 1483 | doKeyboardAction( ActionDelete );
|
|---|
| 1484 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1485 | break;
|
|---|
| 1486 | case Key_H:
|
|---|
| 1487 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1488 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 1489 | break;
|
|---|
| 1490 | }
|
|---|
| 1491 | if ( !cursor->paragraph()->prev() &&
|
|---|
| 1492 | cursor->atParagStart() )
|
|---|
| 1493 | break;
|
|---|
| 1494 |
|
|---|
| 1495 | doKeyboardAction( ActionBackspace );
|
|---|
| 1496 | clearUndoRedoInfo = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1497 | break;
|
|---|
| 1498 | case Key_E:
|
|---|
| 1499 | moveCursor( MoveLineEnd, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1500 | break;
|
|---|
| 1501 | case Key_N:
|
|---|
| 1502 | moveCursor( MoveDown, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1503 | break;
|
|---|
| 1504 | case Key_P:
|
|---|
| 1505 | moveCursor( MoveUp, e->state() & ShiftButton );
|
|---|
| 1506 | break;
|
|---|
| 1507 | case Key_Z:
|
|---|
| 1508 | if(e->state() & ShiftButton)
|
|---|
| 1509 | redo();
|
|---|
| 1510 | else
|
|---|
| 1511 | undo();
|
|---|
| 1512 | break;
|
|---|
| 1513 | case Key_Y:
|
|---|
| 1514 | redo();
|
|---|
| 1515 | break;
|
|---|
| 1516 | case Key_K:
|
|---|
| 1517 | doKeyboardAction( ActionKill );
|
|---|
| 1518 | break;
|
|---|
| 1519 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN) || defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 1520 | case Key_Insert:
|
|---|
| 1521 | copy();
|
|---|
| 1522 | break;
|
|---|
| 1523 | case Key_Delete:
|
|---|
| 1524 | del();
|
|---|
| 1525 | break;
|
|---|
| 1526 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1527 | default:
|
|---|
| 1528 | unknownKey = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1529 | break;
|
|---|
| 1530 | }
|
|---|
| 1531 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1532 | unknownKey = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1533 | }
|
|---|
| 1534 | }
|
|---|
| 1535 | }
|
|---|
| 1536 |
|
|---|
| 1537 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
|---|
| 1538 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 1539 | if ( clearUndoRedoInfo )
|
|---|
| 1540 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1541 | changeIntervalTimer->start( 100, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1542 | if ( unknownKey )
|
|---|
| 1543 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 1544 | }
|
|---|
| 1545 |
|
|---|
| 1546 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1547 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 1548 | */
|
|---|
| 1549 | void QTextEdit::imStartEvent( QIMEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 1550 | {
|
|---|
| 1551 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 1552 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 1553 | return;
|
|---|
| 1554 | }
|
|---|
| 1555 |
|
|---|
| 1556 | if ( hasSelectedText() )
|
|---|
| 1557 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 1558 | d->preeditStart = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 1559 | }
|
|---|
| 1560 |
|
|---|
| 1561 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1562 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 1563 | */
|
|---|
| 1564 | void QTextEdit::imComposeEvent( QIMEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 1565 | {
|
|---|
| 1566 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 1567 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 1568 | return;
|
|---|
| 1569 | }
|
|---|
| 1570 |
|
|---|
| 1571 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::IMCompositionText );
|
|---|
| 1572 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::IMSelectionText );
|
|---|
| 1573 |
|
|---|
| 1574 | if ( d->preeditLength > 0 && cursor->paragraph() )
|
|---|
| 1575 | cursor->paragraph()->remove( d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength );
|
|---|
| 1576 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
|
|---|
| 1577 | insert( e->text() );
|
|---|
| 1578 | d->preeditLength = e->text().length();
|
|---|
| 1579 |
|
|---|
| 1580 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + d->preeditLength );
|
|---|
| 1581 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 1582 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
|
|---|
| 1583 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::IMCompositionText, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1584 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::IMCompositionText, c );
|
|---|
| 1585 |
|
|---|
| 1586 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() );
|
|---|
| 1587 |
|
|---|
| 1588 | int sellen = e->selectionLength();
|
|---|
| 1589 | if ( sellen > 0 ) {
|
|---|
| 1590 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() + sellen );
|
|---|
| 1591 | c = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 1592 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + e->cursorPos() );
|
|---|
| 1593 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::IMSelectionText, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1594 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::IMSelectionText, c );
|
|---|
| 1595 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart + d->preeditLength );
|
|---|
| 1596 | }
|
|---|
| 1597 |
|
|---|
| 1598 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1599 | }
|
|---|
| 1600 |
|
|---|
| 1601 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1602 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 1603 | */
|
|---|
| 1604 | void QTextEdit::imEndEvent( QIMEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 1605 | {
|
|---|
| 1606 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 1607 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 1608 | return;
|
|---|
| 1609 | }
|
|---|
| 1610 |
|
|---|
| 1611 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::IMCompositionText );
|
|---|
| 1612 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::IMSelectionText );
|
|---|
| 1613 |
|
|---|
| 1614 | if ( d->preeditLength > 0 && cursor->paragraph() )
|
|---|
| 1615 | cursor->paragraph()->remove( d->preeditStart, d->preeditLength );
|
|---|
| 1616 | if ( d->preeditStart >= 0 ) {
|
|---|
| 1617 | cursor->setIndex( d->preeditStart );
|
|---|
| 1618 | insert( e->text() );
|
|---|
| 1619 | }
|
|---|
| 1620 | d->preeditStart = d->preeditLength = -1;
|
|---|
| 1621 |
|
|---|
| 1622 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1623 | }
|
|---|
| 1624 |
|
|---|
| 1625 |
|
|---|
| 1626 | static bool qtextedit_ignore_readonly = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1627 |
|
|---|
| 1628 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1629 | Executes keyboard action \a action. This is normally called by a
|
|---|
| 1630 | key event handler.
|
|---|
| 1631 | */
|
|---|
| 1632 |
|
|---|
| 1633 | void QTextEdit::doKeyboardAction( KeyboardAction action )
|
|---|
| 1634 | {
|
|---|
| 1635 | if ( isReadOnly() && !qtextedit_ignore_readonly )
|
|---|
| 1636 | return;
|
|---|
| 1637 |
|
|---|
| 1638 | if ( cursor->nestedDepth() != 0 ) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
|
|---|
| 1639 | return;
|
|---|
| 1640 |
|
|---|
| 1641 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 1642 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1643 | bool doUpdateCurrentFormat = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1644 |
|
|---|
| 1645 | switch ( action ) {
|
|---|
| 1646 | case ActionWordDelete:
|
|---|
| 1647 | case ActionDelete:
|
|---|
| 1648 | if ( action == ActionDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd() ) {
|
|---|
| 1649 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
|---|
| 1650 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Delete );
|
|---|
| 1651 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
|---|
| 1652 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 1653 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 1654 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 1655 | }
|
|---|
| 1656 | int idx = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 1657 | do {
|
|---|
| 1658 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert( undoRedoInfo.d->text.length(), cursor->paragraph()->at( idx++ ), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1659 | } while ( !cursor->paragraph()->string()->validCursorPosition( idx ) );
|
|---|
| 1660 | }
|
|---|
| 1661 | cursor->remove();
|
|---|
| 1662 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1663 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1664 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1665 | if ( action == ActionWordDelete && !cursor->atParagEnd() ) {
|
|---|
| 1666 | cursor->gotoNextWord();
|
|---|
| 1667 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1668 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 1669 | }
|
|---|
| 1670 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1671 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 1672 | }
|
|---|
| 1673 | break;
|
|---|
| 1674 | case ActionWordBackspace:
|
|---|
| 1675 | case ActionBackspace:
|
|---|
| 1676 | if ( textFormat() == Qt::RichText
|
|---|
| 1677 | && (cursor->paragraph()->isListItem()
|
|---|
| 1678 | || cursor->paragraph()->listDepth() )
|
|---|
| 1679 | && cursor->index() == 0 ) {
|
|---|
| 1680 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
|---|
| 1681 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1682 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|---|
| 1683 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 1684 | undoRedoInfo.eid = undoRedoInfo.id;
|
|---|
| 1685 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
|---|
| 1686 | }
|
|---|
| 1687 | int ldepth = cursor->paragraph()->listDepth();
|
|---|
| 1688 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->isListItem() && ldepth == 1 ) {
|
|---|
| 1689 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1690 | } else if ( QMAX( ldepth, 1 ) == 1 ) {
|
|---|
| 1691 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1692 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( 0 );
|
|---|
| 1693 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1694 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( ldepth - 1 );
|
|---|
| 1695 | }
|
|---|
| 1696 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1697 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 1698 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1699 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1700 | return;
|
|---|
| 1701 | }
|
|---|
| 1702 |
|
|---|
| 1703 | if ( action == ActionBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart() ) {
|
|---|
| 1704 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
|---|
| 1705 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Delete );
|
|---|
| 1706 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
|---|
| 1707 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 1708 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 1709 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 1710 | }
|
|---|
| 1711 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.insert( 0, cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index()-1 ), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1712 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index()-1;
|
|---|
| 1713 | }
|
|---|
| 1714 | cursor->removePreviousChar();
|
|---|
| 1715 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 1716 | } else if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev()
|
|---|
| 1717 | || (action == ActionWordBackspace
|
|---|
| 1718 | && !cursor->atParagStart()) ) {
|
|---|
| 1719 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1720 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1721 | if ( action == ActionWordBackspace && !cursor->atParagStart() ) {
|
|---|
| 1722 | cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
|
|---|
| 1723 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1724 | cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|---|
| 1725 | }
|
|---|
| 1726 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1727 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 1728 | }
|
|---|
| 1729 | break;
|
|---|
| 1730 | case ActionReturn:
|
|---|
| 1731 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
|---|
| 1732 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Return );
|
|---|
| 1733 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
|---|
| 1734 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 1735 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 1736 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 1737 | }
|
|---|
| 1738 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += "\n";
|
|---|
| 1739 | }
|
|---|
| 1740 | cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
|
|---|
| 1741 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev() ) {
|
|---|
| 1742 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph()->prev();
|
|---|
| 1743 | lastFormatted->invalidate( 0 );
|
|---|
| 1744 | }
|
|---|
| 1745 | doUpdateCurrentFormat = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 1746 | break;
|
|---|
| 1747 | case ActionKill:
|
|---|
| 1748 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1749 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1750 | if ( cursor->atParagEnd() )
|
|---|
| 1751 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 1752 | else
|
|---|
| 1753 | cursor->setIndex( cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 );
|
|---|
| 1754 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1755 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 1756 | break;
|
|---|
| 1757 | }
|
|---|
| 1758 |
|
|---|
| 1759 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 1760 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1761 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 1762 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1763 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 1764 | if ( doUpdateCurrentFormat )
|
|---|
| 1765 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
|---|
| 1766 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 1767 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 1768 | }
|
|---|
| 1769 |
|
|---|
| 1770 | void QTextEdit::readFormats( QTextCursor &c1, QTextCursor &c2, QTextString &text, bool fillStyles )
|
|---|
| 1771 | {
|
|---|
| 1772 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
|---|
| 1773 | QDataStream styleStream( undoRedoInfo.styleInformation, IO_WriteOnly );
|
|---|
| 1774 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1775 | c2.restoreState();
|
|---|
| 1776 | c1.restoreState();
|
|---|
| 1777 | int lastIndex = text.length();
|
|---|
| 1778 | if ( c1.paragraph() == c2.paragraph() ) {
|
|---|
| 1779 | for ( int i = c1.index(); i < c2.index(); ++i )
|
|---|
| 1780 | text.insert( lastIndex + i - c1.index(), c1.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1781 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
|---|
| 1782 | if ( fillStyles ) {
|
|---|
| 1783 | styleStream << (int) 1;
|
|---|
| 1784 | c1.paragraph()->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
|
|---|
| 1785 | }
|
|---|
| 1786 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1787 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1788 | int i;
|
|---|
| 1789 | for ( i = c1.index(); i < c1.paragraph()->length()-1; ++i )
|
|---|
| 1790 | text.insert( lastIndex++, c1.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1791 | int num = 2; // start and end, being different
|
|---|
| 1792 | text += "\n"; lastIndex++;
|
|---|
| 1793 | QTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph()->next();
|
|---|
| 1794 | while ( p && p != c2.paragraph() ) {
|
|---|
| 1795 | for ( i = 0; i < p->length()-1; ++i )
|
|---|
| 1796 | text.insert( lastIndex++ , p->at( i ), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1797 | text += "\n"; num++; lastIndex++;
|
|---|
| 1798 | p = p->next();
|
|---|
| 1799 | }
|
|---|
| 1800 | for ( i = 0; i < c2.index(); ++i )
|
|---|
| 1801 | text.insert( i + lastIndex, c2.paragraph()->at( i ), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1802 | #ifndef QT_NO_DATASTREAM
|
|---|
| 1803 | if ( fillStyles ) {
|
|---|
| 1804 | styleStream << num;
|
|---|
| 1805 | for ( QTextParagraph *p = c1.paragraph(); --num >= 0; p = p->next() )
|
|---|
| 1806 | p->writeStyleInformation( styleStream );
|
|---|
| 1807 | }
|
|---|
| 1808 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1809 | }
|
|---|
| 1810 | }
|
|---|
| 1811 |
|
|---|
| 1812 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1813 | Removes the selection \a selNum (by default 0). This does not
|
|---|
| 1814 | remove the selected text.
|
|---|
| 1815 |
|
|---|
| 1816 | \sa removeSelectedText()
|
|---|
| 1817 | */
|
|---|
| 1818 |
|
|---|
| 1819 | void QTextEdit::removeSelection( int selNum )
|
|---|
| 1820 | {
|
|---|
| 1821 | doc->removeSelection( selNum );
|
|---|
| 1822 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1823 | }
|
|---|
| 1824 |
|
|---|
| 1825 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1826 | Deletes the text of selection \a selNum (by default, the default
|
|---|
| 1827 | selection, 0). If there is no selected text nothing happens.
|
|---|
| 1828 |
|
|---|
| 1829 | \sa selectedText removeSelection()
|
|---|
| 1830 | */
|
|---|
| 1831 |
|
|---|
| 1832 | void QTextEdit::removeSelectedText( int selNum )
|
|---|
| 1833 | {
|
|---|
| 1834 | QTextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( selNum );
|
|---|
| 1835 | c1.restoreState();
|
|---|
| 1836 | QTextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( selNum );
|
|---|
| 1837 | c2.restoreState();
|
|---|
| 1838 |
|
|---|
| 1839 | // ### no support for editing tables yet, plus security for broken selections
|
|---|
| 1840 | if ( c1.nestedDepth() || c2.nestedDepth() )
|
|---|
| 1841 | return;
|
|---|
| 1842 |
|
|---|
| 1843 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i ) {
|
|---|
| 1844 | if ( i == selNum )
|
|---|
| 1845 | continue;
|
|---|
| 1846 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
|---|
| 1847 | }
|
|---|
| 1848 |
|
|---|
| 1849 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1850 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
|---|
| 1851 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::RemoveSelected );
|
|---|
| 1852 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
|---|
| 1853 | doc->selectionStart( selNum, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.index );
|
|---|
| 1854 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 1855 | }
|
|---|
| 1856 | readFormats( c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1857 | }
|
|---|
| 1858 |
|
|---|
| 1859 | doc->removeSelectedText( selNum, cursor );
|
|---|
| 1860 | if ( cursor->isValid() ) {
|
|---|
| 1861 | lastFormatted = 0; // make sync a noop
|
|---|
| 1862 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 1863 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 1864 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 1865 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1866 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 1867 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1868 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 1869 | #if defined(Q_WS_WIN)
|
|---|
| 1870 | // there seems to be a problem with repainting or erasing the area
|
|---|
| 1871 | // of the scrollview which is not the contents on windows
|
|---|
| 1872 | if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() )
|
|---|
| 1873 | viewport()->repaint( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() - contentsHeight(), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1874 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1875 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 1876 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 1877 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1878 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 1879 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1880 | delete cursor;
|
|---|
| 1881 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
|---|
| 1882 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1883 | repaintContents( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1884 | }
|
|---|
| 1885 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 1886 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 1887 | emit selectionChanged();
|
|---|
| 1888 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
|---|
| 1889 | }
|
|---|
| 1890 |
|
|---|
| 1891 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1892 | Moves the text cursor according to \a action. This is normally
|
|---|
| 1893 | used by some key event handler. \a select specifies whether the
|
|---|
| 1894 | text between the current cursor position and the new position
|
|---|
| 1895 | should be selected.
|
|---|
| 1896 | */
|
|---|
| 1897 |
|
|---|
| 1898 | void QTextEdit::moveCursor( CursorAction action, bool select )
|
|---|
| 1899 | {
|
|---|
| 1900 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 1901 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 1902 | return;
|
|---|
| 1903 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1904 | #ifdef Q_WS_MACX
|
|---|
| 1905 | QTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 1906 | QTextCursor c2;
|
|---|
| 1907 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1908 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 1909 | if ( select ) {
|
|---|
| 1910 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) )
|
|---|
| 1911 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 1912 | moveCursor( action );
|
|---|
| 1913 | #ifdef Q_WS_MACX
|
|---|
| 1914 | c2 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 1915 | if (c1 == c2)
|
|---|
| 1916 | if (action == MoveDown || action == MovePgDown)
|
|---|
| 1917 | moveCursor( MoveEnd );
|
|---|
| 1918 | else if (action == MoveUp || action == MovePgUp)
|
|---|
| 1919 | moveCursor( MoveHome );
|
|---|
| 1920 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1921 | if ( doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) ) {
|
|---|
| 1922 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1923 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1924 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1925 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1926 | }
|
|---|
| 1927 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 1928 | emit selectionChanged();
|
|---|
| 1929 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
|---|
| 1930 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1931 | #ifdef Q_WS_MACX
|
|---|
| 1932 | QTextCursor cStart = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 1933 | QTextCursor cEnd = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 1934 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 1935 | if (redraw && action == MoveDown)
|
|---|
| 1936 | *cursor = cEnd;
|
|---|
| 1937 | else if (redraw && action == MoveUp)
|
|---|
| 1938 | *cursor = cStart;
|
|---|
| 1939 | if (redraw && action == MoveForward)
|
|---|
| 1940 | *cursor = cEnd;
|
|---|
| 1941 | else if (redraw && action == MoveBackward)
|
|---|
| 1942 | *cursor = cStart;
|
|---|
| 1943 | else
|
|---|
| 1944 | moveCursor( action );
|
|---|
| 1945 | c2 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 1946 | if (c1 == c2)
|
|---|
| 1947 | if (action == MoveDown)
|
|---|
| 1948 | moveCursor( MoveEnd );
|
|---|
| 1949 | else if (action == MoveUp)
|
|---|
| 1950 | moveCursor( MoveHome );
|
|---|
| 1951 | #else
|
|---|
| 1952 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 1953 | moveCursor( action );
|
|---|
| 1954 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1955 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
|---|
| 1956 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 1957 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1958 | } else {
|
|---|
| 1959 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 1960 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 1961 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 1962 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1963 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 1964 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 1965 | #endif
|
|---|
| 1966 | }
|
|---|
| 1967 | if ( redraw ) {
|
|---|
| 1968 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
|---|
| 1969 | emit selectionChanged();
|
|---|
| 1970 | }
|
|---|
| 1971 | }
|
|---|
| 1972 |
|
|---|
| 1973 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 1974 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
|---|
| 1975 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 1976 | }
|
|---|
| 1977 |
|
|---|
| 1978 | /*!
|
|---|
| 1979 | \overload
|
|---|
| 1980 | */
|
|---|
| 1981 |
|
|---|
| 1982 | void QTextEdit::moveCursor( CursorAction action )
|
|---|
| 1983 | {
|
|---|
| 1984 | resetInputContext();
|
|---|
| 1985 | switch ( action ) {
|
|---|
| 1986 | case MoveBackward:
|
|---|
| 1987 | cursor->gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|---|
| 1988 | break;
|
|---|
| 1989 | case MoveWordBackward:
|
|---|
| 1990 | cursor->gotoPreviousWord();
|
|---|
| 1991 | break;
|
|---|
| 1992 | case MoveForward:
|
|---|
| 1993 | cursor->gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 1994 | break;
|
|---|
| 1995 | case MoveWordForward:
|
|---|
| 1996 | cursor->gotoNextWord();
|
|---|
| 1997 | break;
|
|---|
| 1998 | case MoveUp:
|
|---|
| 1999 | cursor->gotoUp();
|
|---|
| 2000 | break;
|
|---|
| 2001 | case MovePgUp:
|
|---|
| 2002 | cursor->gotoPageUp( visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 2003 | break;
|
|---|
| 2004 | case MoveDown:
|
|---|
| 2005 | cursor->gotoDown();
|
|---|
| 2006 | break;
|
|---|
| 2007 | case MovePgDown:
|
|---|
| 2008 | cursor->gotoPageDown( visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 2009 | break;
|
|---|
| 2010 | case MoveLineStart:
|
|---|
| 2011 | cursor->gotoLineStart();
|
|---|
| 2012 | break;
|
|---|
| 2013 | case MoveHome:
|
|---|
| 2014 | cursor->gotoHome();
|
|---|
| 2015 | break;
|
|---|
| 2016 | case MoveLineEnd:
|
|---|
| 2017 | cursor->gotoLineEnd();
|
|---|
| 2018 | break;
|
|---|
| 2019 | case MoveEnd:
|
|---|
| 2020 | ensureFormatted( doc->lastParagraph() );
|
|---|
| 2021 | cursor->gotoEnd();
|
|---|
| 2022 | break;
|
|---|
| 2023 | }
|
|---|
| 2024 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 2025 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
|---|
| 2026 | }
|
|---|
| 2027 |
|
|---|
| 2028 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2029 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2030 | */
|
|---|
| 2031 |
|
|---|
| 2032 | void QTextEdit::resizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2033 | {
|
|---|
| 2034 | QScrollView::resizeEvent( e );
|
|---|
| 2035 | if ( doc->visibleWidth() == 0 )
|
|---|
| 2036 | doResize();
|
|---|
| 2037 | }
|
|---|
| 2038 |
|
|---|
| 2039 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2040 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2041 | */
|
|---|
| 2042 |
|
|---|
| 2043 | void QTextEdit::viewportResizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2044 | {
|
|---|
| 2045 | QScrollView::viewportResizeEvent( e );
|
|---|
| 2046 | if ( e->oldSize().width() != e->size().width() ) {
|
|---|
| 2047 | bool stayAtBottom = e->oldSize().height() != e->size().height() &&
|
|---|
| 2048 | contentsY() > 0 && contentsY() >= doc->height() - e->oldSize().height();
|
|---|
| 2049 | doResize();
|
|---|
| 2050 | if ( stayAtBottom )
|
|---|
| 2051 | scrollToBottom();
|
|---|
| 2052 | }
|
|---|
| 2053 | }
|
|---|
| 2054 |
|
|---|
| 2055 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2056 | Ensures that the cursor is visible by scrolling the text edit if
|
|---|
| 2057 | necessary.
|
|---|
| 2058 |
|
|---|
| 2059 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
|---|
| 2060 | */
|
|---|
| 2061 |
|
|---|
| 2062 | void QTextEdit::ensureCursorVisible()
|
|---|
| 2063 | {
|
|---|
| 2064 | // Not visible or the user is draging the window, so don't position to caret yet
|
|---|
| 2065 | if ( !isVisible() || isHorizontalSliderPressed() || isVerticalSliderPressed() ) {
|
|---|
| 2066 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2067 | return;
|
|---|
| 2068 | }
|
|---|
| 2069 | sync();
|
|---|
| 2070 | QTextStringChar *chr = cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 2071 | int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 2072 | int x = cursor->paragraph()->rect().x() + chr->x + cursor->offsetX();
|
|---|
| 2073 | int y = 0; int dummy;
|
|---|
| 2074 | cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index(), &dummy, &y );
|
|---|
| 2075 | y += cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() + cursor->offsetY();
|
|---|
| 2076 | int w = 1;
|
|---|
| 2077 | ensureVisible( x, y + h / 2, w, h / 2 + 2 );
|
|---|
| 2078 | }
|
|---|
| 2079 |
|
|---|
| 2080 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2081 | \internal
|
|---|
| 2082 | */
|
|---|
| 2083 | void QTextEdit::sliderReleased()
|
|---|
| 2084 | {
|
|---|
| 2085 | if ( d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent && isVisible() ) {
|
|---|
| 2086 | d->ensureCursorVisibleInShowEvent = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2087 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 2088 | }
|
|---|
| 2089 | }
|
|---|
| 2090 |
|
|---|
| 2091 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2092 | \internal
|
|---|
| 2093 | */
|
|---|
| 2094 | void QTextEdit::drawCursor( bool visible )
|
|---|
| 2095 | {
|
|---|
| 2096 | if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() ||
|
|---|
| 2097 | !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() ||
|
|---|
| 2098 | !cursor->paragraph() ||
|
|---|
| 2099 | !cursor->paragraph()->isValid() ||
|
|---|
| 2100 | ( !style().styleHint( QStyle::SH_BlinkCursorWhenTextSelected ) &&
|
|---|
| 2101 | ( d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ))) ||
|
|---|
| 2102 | ( visible && !hasFocus() && !viewport()->hasFocus() && !inDnD ) ||
|
|---|
| 2103 | isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 2104 | return;
|
|---|
| 2105 |
|
|---|
| 2106 | QPainter p( viewport() );
|
|---|
| 2107 | QRect r( cursor->topParagraph()->rect() );
|
|---|
| 2108 | cursor->paragraph()->setChanged( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2109 | p.translate( -contentsX() + cursor->totalOffsetX(), -contentsY() + cursor->totalOffsetY() );
|
|---|
| 2110 | QPixmap *pix = 0;
|
|---|
| 2111 | QColorGroup cg( colorGroup() );
|
|---|
| 2112 | const QColorGroup::ColorRole backRole = QPalette::backgroundRoleFromMode(backgroundMode());
|
|---|
| 2113 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->background() )
|
|---|
| 2114 | cg.setBrush( backRole, *cursor->paragraph()->background() );
|
|---|
| 2115 | else if ( doc->paper() )
|
|---|
| 2116 | cg.setBrush( backRole, *doc->paper() );
|
|---|
| 2117 | p.setBrushOrigin( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
|
|---|
| 2118 | cursor->paragraph()->document()->nextDoubleBuffered = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2119 | if ( !cursor->nestedDepth() ) {
|
|---|
| 2120 | int h = cursor->paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 2121 | int dist = 5;
|
|---|
| 2122 | if ( ( cursor->paragraph()->alignment() & Qt::AlignJustify ) == Qt::AlignJustify )
|
|---|
| 2123 | dist = 50;
|
|---|
| 2124 | int x = r.x() - cursor->totalOffsetX() + cursor->x() - dist;
|
|---|
| 2125 | x = QMAX( x, 0 );
|
|---|
| 2126 | p.setClipRect( QRect( x - contentsX(),
|
|---|
| 2127 | r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY() + cursor->y() - contentsY(), 2 * dist, h ) );
|
|---|
| 2128 | doc->drawParagraph( &p, cursor->paragraph(), x,
|
|---|
| 2129 | r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY() + cursor->y(), 2 * dist, h, pix, cg, visible, cursor );
|
|---|
| 2130 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2131 | doc->drawParagraph( &p, cursor->paragraph(), r.x() - cursor->totalOffsetX(),
|
|---|
| 2132 | r.y() - cursor->totalOffsetY(), r.width(), r.height(),
|
|---|
| 2133 | pix, cg, visible, cursor );
|
|---|
| 2134 | }
|
|---|
| 2135 | cursorVisible = visible;
|
|---|
| 2136 | }
|
|---|
| 2137 |
|
|---|
| 2138 | enum {
|
|---|
| 2139 | IdUndo = 0,
|
|---|
| 2140 | IdRedo = 1,
|
|---|
| 2141 | IdCut = 2,
|
|---|
| 2142 | IdCopy = 3,
|
|---|
| 2143 | IdPaste = 4,
|
|---|
| 2144 | IdClear = 5,
|
|---|
| 2145 | IdSelectAll = 6
|
|---|
| 2146 | };
|
|---|
| 2147 |
|
|---|
| 2148 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2149 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2150 | */
|
|---|
| 2151 | #ifndef QT_NO_WHEELEVENT
|
|---|
| 2152 | void QTextEdit::contentsWheelEvent( QWheelEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2153 | {
|
|---|
| 2154 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 2155 | if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
|---|
| 2156 | if ( e->delta() > 0 )
|
|---|
| 2157 | zoomOut();
|
|---|
| 2158 | else if ( e->delta() < 0 )
|
|---|
| 2159 | zoomIn();
|
|---|
| 2160 | return;
|
|---|
| 2161 | }
|
|---|
| 2162 | }
|
|---|
| 2163 | QScrollView::contentsWheelEvent( e );
|
|---|
| 2164 | }
|
|---|
| 2165 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2166 |
|
|---|
| 2167 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2168 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2169 | */
|
|---|
| 2170 |
|
|---|
| 2171 | void QTextEdit::contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2172 | {
|
|---|
| 2173 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 2174 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 2175 | optimMousePressEvent( e );
|
|---|
| 2176 | return;
|
|---|
| 2177 | }
|
|---|
| 2178 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2179 |
|
|---|
| 2180 | if ( d->trippleClickTimer->isActive() &&
|
|---|
| 2181 | ( e->globalPos() - d->trippleClickPoint ).manhattanLength() <
|
|---|
| 2182 | QApplication::startDragDistance() ) {
|
|---|
| 2183 | QTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2184 | QTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2185 | c1.gotoLineStart();
|
|---|
| 2186 | c2.gotoLineEnd();
|
|---|
| 2187 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
|
|---|
| 2188 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
|
|---|
| 2189 | *cursor = c2;
|
|---|
| 2190 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 2191 | mousePressed = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2192 | return;
|
|---|
| 2193 | }
|
|---|
| 2194 |
|
|---|
| 2195 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 2196 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2197 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2198 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
|---|
| 2199 | mightStartDrag = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2200 | pressedLink = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 2201 | d->pressedName = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 2202 |
|
|---|
| 2203 | if ( e->button() == LeftButton ) {
|
|---|
| 2204 | mousePressed = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2205 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2206 | placeCursor( e->pos() );
|
|---|
| 2207 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 2208 |
|
|---|
| 2209 | if ( isReadOnly() && linksEnabled() ) {
|
|---|
| 2210 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2211 | placeCursor( e->pos(), &c, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2212 | if ( c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at( c.index() ) &&
|
|---|
| 2213 | c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->isAnchor() ) {
|
|---|
| 2214 | pressedLink = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
|
|---|
| 2215 | d->pressedName = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
|
|---|
| 2216 | }
|
|---|
| 2217 | }
|
|---|
| 2218 |
|
|---|
| 2219 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|---|
| 2220 | if ( doc->inSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, e->pos() ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2221 | mightStartDrag = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2222 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2223 | dragStartTimer->start( QApplication::startDragTime(), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2224 | dragStartPos = e->pos();
|
|---|
| 2225 | return;
|
|---|
| 2226 | }
|
|---|
| 2227 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2228 |
|
|---|
| 2229 | bool redraw = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2230 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2231 | if ( !( e->state() & ShiftButton ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2232 | redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2233 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 2234 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2235 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
|
|---|
| 2236 | }
|
|---|
| 2237 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2238 | if ( isReadOnly() || !( e->state() & ShiftButton ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2239 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 2240 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2241 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, c );
|
|---|
| 2242 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
|
|---|
| 2243 | }
|
|---|
| 2244 | }
|
|---|
| 2245 |
|
|---|
| 2246 | for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i ) // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
|---|
| 2247 | redraw = doc->removeSelection( i ) || redraw;
|
|---|
| 2248 |
|
|---|
| 2249 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
|---|
| 2250 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2251 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2252 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 2253 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 2254 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 2255 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2256 | }
|
|---|
| 2257 | } else if ( e->button() == MidButton ) {
|
|---|
| 2258 | bool redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2259 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
|---|
| 2260 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2261 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2262 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 2263 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 2264 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 2265 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2266 | }
|
|---|
| 2267 | }
|
|---|
| 2268 |
|
|---|
| 2269 | if ( *cursor != oldCursor )
|
|---|
| 2270 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
|---|
| 2271 | }
|
|---|
| 2272 |
|
|---|
| 2273 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2274 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2275 | */
|
|---|
| 2276 |
|
|---|
| 2277 | void QTextEdit::contentsMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2278 | {
|
|---|
| 2279 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 2280 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 2281 | optimMouseMoveEvent( e );
|
|---|
| 2282 | return;
|
|---|
| 2283 | }
|
|---|
| 2284 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2285 | if ( mousePressed ) {
|
|---|
| 2286 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|---|
| 2287 | if ( mightStartDrag ) {
|
|---|
| 2288 | dragStartTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 2289 | if ( ( e->pos() - dragStartPos ).manhattanLength() > QApplication::startDragDistance() )
|
|---|
| 2290 | startDrag();
|
|---|
| 2291 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 2292 | if ( !isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 2293 | viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 2294 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2295 | return;
|
|---|
| 2296 | }
|
|---|
| 2297 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2298 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
|---|
| 2299 | handleMouseMove( mousePos );
|
|---|
| 2300 | oldMousePos = mousePos;
|
|---|
| 2301 | }
|
|---|
| 2302 |
|
|---|
| 2303 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 2304 | if ( !isReadOnly() && !mousePressed ) {
|
|---|
| 2305 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) && doc->inSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, e->pos() ) )
|
|---|
| 2306 | viewport()->setCursor( arrowCursor );
|
|---|
| 2307 | else
|
|---|
| 2308 | viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 2309 | }
|
|---|
| 2310 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2311 | updateCursor( e->pos() );
|
|---|
| 2312 | }
|
|---|
| 2313 |
|
|---|
| 2314 | void QTextEdit::copyToClipboard()
|
|---|
| 2315 | {
|
|---|
| 2316 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 2317 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
|---|
| 2318 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
|---|
| 2319 |
|
|---|
| 2320 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
|---|
| 2321 | disconnect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
|---|
| 2322 | copy();
|
|---|
| 2323 | // listen to selection changes
|
|---|
| 2324 | connect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
|
|---|
| 2325 | this, SLOT(clipboardChanged()) );
|
|---|
| 2326 |
|
|---|
| 2327 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
|---|
| 2328 | }
|
|---|
| 2329 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2330 | }
|
|---|
| 2331 |
|
|---|
| 2332 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2333 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2334 | */
|
|---|
| 2335 |
|
|---|
| 2336 | void QTextEdit::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
|---|
| 2337 | {
|
|---|
| 2338 | if ( !inDoubleClick ) { // could be the release of a dblclick
|
|---|
| 2339 | int para = 0;
|
|---|
| 2340 | int index = charAt( e->pos(), ¶ );
|
|---|
| 2341 | emit clicked( para, index );
|
|---|
| 2342 | }
|
|---|
| 2343 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 2344 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 2345 | optimMouseReleaseEvent( e );
|
|---|
| 2346 | return;
|
|---|
| 2347 | }
|
|---|
| 2348 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2349 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2350 | if ( scrollTimer->isActive() )
|
|---|
| 2351 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 2352 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|---|
| 2353 | if ( dragStartTimer->isActive() )
|
|---|
| 2354 | dragStartTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 2355 | if ( mightStartDrag ) {
|
|---|
| 2356 | selectAll( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2357 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2358 | }
|
|---|
| 2359 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2360 | if ( mousePressed ) {
|
|---|
| 2361 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2362 | copyToClipboard();
|
|---|
| 2363 | }
|
|---|
| 2364 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 2365 | else if ( e->button() == MidButton && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 2366 | // only do middle-click pasting on systems that have selections (ie. X11)
|
|---|
| 2367 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
|---|
| 2368 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2369 | placeCursor( e->pos() );
|
|---|
| 2370 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 2371 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, oldCursor );
|
|---|
| 2372 | bool redraw = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2373 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2374 | redraw = doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2375 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 2376 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2377 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 2378 | }
|
|---|
| 2379 | // start with 1 as we don't want to remove the Standard-Selection
|
|---|
| 2380 | for ( int i = 1; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
|---|
| 2381 | redraw = doc->removeSelection( i ) || redraw;
|
|---|
| 2382 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
|---|
| 2383 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2384 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2385 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 2386 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 2387 | viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 2388 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2389 | }
|
|---|
| 2390 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
|---|
| 2391 | paste();
|
|---|
| 2392 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
|---|
| 2393 | }
|
|---|
| 2394 | }
|
|---|
| 2395 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2396 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
|---|
| 2397 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 2398 | if ( oldCursor != *cursor )
|
|---|
| 2399 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
|---|
| 2400 | inDoubleClick = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2401 |
|
|---|
| 2402 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
|---|
| 2403 | if ( ( (!onLink.isEmpty() && onLink == pressedLink)
|
|---|
| 2404 | || (!d->onName.isEmpty() && d->onName == d->pressedName))
|
|---|
| 2405 | && linksEnabled() ) {
|
|---|
| 2406 | if (!onLink.isEmpty()) {
|
|---|
| 2407 | QUrl u( doc->context(), onLink, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2408 | emitLinkClicked( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
|
|---|
| 2409 | }
|
|---|
| 2410 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
|
|---|
| 2411 | if (::qt_cast<QTextBrowser*>(this)) { // change for 4.0
|
|---|
| 2412 | QConnectionList *clist = receivers(
|
|---|
| 2413 | "anchorClicked(const QString&,const QString&)");
|
|---|
| 2414 | if (!signalsBlocked() && clist) {
|
|---|
| 2415 | QUObject o[3];
|
|---|
| 2416 | static_QUType_QString.set(o+1, d->onName);
|
|---|
| 2417 | static_QUType_QString.set(o+2, onLink);
|
|---|
| 2418 | activate_signal( clist, o);
|
|---|
| 2419 | }
|
|---|
| 2420 | }
|
|---|
| 2421 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2422 |
|
|---|
| 2423 | // emitting linkClicked() may result in that the cursor winds
|
|---|
| 2424 | // up hovering over a different valid link - check this and
|
|---|
| 2425 | // set the appropriate cursor shape
|
|---|
| 2426 | updateCursor( e->pos() );
|
|---|
| 2427 | }
|
|---|
| 2428 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2429 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2430 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) )
|
|---|
| 2431 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2432 |
|
|---|
| 2433 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
|---|
| 2434 | emit selectionChanged();
|
|---|
| 2435 | }
|
|---|
| 2436 |
|
|---|
| 2437 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2438 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2439 | */
|
|---|
| 2440 |
|
|---|
| 2441 | void QTextEdit::contentsMouseDoubleClickEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
|---|
| 2442 | {
|
|---|
| 2443 | if ( e->button() != Qt::LeftButton ) {
|
|---|
| 2444 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 2445 | return;
|
|---|
| 2446 | }
|
|---|
| 2447 | int para = 0;
|
|---|
| 2448 | int index = charAt( e->pos(), ¶ );
|
|---|
| 2449 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 2450 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 2451 | QString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ];
|
|---|
| 2452 | int startIdx = index, endIdx = index, i;
|
|---|
| 2453 | if ( !str[ index ].isSpace() ) {
|
|---|
| 2454 | i = startIdx;
|
|---|
| 2455 | // find start of word
|
|---|
| 2456 | while ( i >= 0 && !str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
|
|---|
| 2457 | startIdx = i--;
|
|---|
| 2458 | }
|
|---|
| 2459 | i = endIdx;
|
|---|
| 2460 | // find end of word..
|
|---|
| 2461 | while ( (uint) i < str.length() && !str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
|
|---|
| 2462 | endIdx = ++i;
|
|---|
| 2463 | }
|
|---|
| 2464 | // ..and start of next
|
|---|
| 2465 | while ( (uint) i < str.length() && str[ i ].isSpace() ) {
|
|---|
| 2466 | endIdx = ++i;
|
|---|
| 2467 | }
|
|---|
| 2468 | optimSetSelection( para, startIdx, para, endIdx );
|
|---|
| 2469 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2470 | }
|
|---|
| 2471 | } else
|
|---|
| 2472 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2473 | {
|
|---|
| 2474 | QTextCursor c1 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2475 | QTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2476 | #if defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
|---|
| 2477 | QTextParagraph *para = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 2478 | if ( cursor->isValid() ) {
|
|---|
| 2479 | if ( para->at( cursor->index() )->c.isLetterOrNumber() ) {
|
|---|
| 2480 | while ( c1.index() > 0 &&
|
|---|
| 2481 | c1.paragraph()->at( c1.index()-1 )->c.isLetterOrNumber() )
|
|---|
| 2482 | c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|---|
| 2483 | while ( c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->c.isLetterOrNumber() &&
|
|---|
| 2484 | !c2.atParagEnd() )
|
|---|
| 2485 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 2486 | } else if ( para->at( cursor->index() )->c.isSpace() ) {
|
|---|
| 2487 | while ( c1.index() > 0 &&
|
|---|
| 2488 | c1.paragraph()->at( c1.index()-1 )->c.isSpace() )
|
|---|
| 2489 | c1.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|---|
| 2490 | while ( c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->c.isSpace() &&
|
|---|
| 2491 | !c2.atParagEnd() )
|
|---|
| 2492 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 2493 | } else if ( !c2.atParagEnd() ) {
|
|---|
| 2494 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 2495 | }
|
|---|
| 2496 | }
|
|---|
| 2497 | #else
|
|---|
| 2498 | if ( cursor->index() > 0 && !cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index()-1 )->c.isSpace() )
|
|---|
| 2499 | c1.gotoPreviousWord();
|
|---|
| 2500 | if ( !cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->c.isSpace() && !cursor->atParagEnd() )
|
|---|
| 2501 | c2.gotoNextWord();
|
|---|
| 2502 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2503 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
|
|---|
| 2504 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
|
|---|
| 2505 |
|
|---|
| 2506 | *cursor = c2;
|
|---|
| 2507 |
|
|---|
| 2508 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 2509 |
|
|---|
| 2510 | d->trippleClickTimer->start( qApp->doubleClickInterval(), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2511 | d->trippleClickPoint = e->globalPos();
|
|---|
| 2512 | }
|
|---|
| 2513 | inDoubleClick = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2514 | mousePressed = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2515 | emit doubleClicked( para, index );
|
|---|
| 2516 | }
|
|---|
| 2517 |
|
|---|
| 2518 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|---|
| 2519 |
|
|---|
| 2520 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2521 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2522 | */
|
|---|
| 2523 |
|
|---|
| 2524 | void QTextEdit::contentsDragEnterEvent( QDragEnterEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2525 | {
|
|---|
| 2526 | if ( isReadOnly() || !QTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2527 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 2528 | return;
|
|---|
| 2529 | }
|
|---|
| 2530 | e->acceptAction();
|
|---|
| 2531 | inDnD = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2532 | }
|
|---|
| 2533 |
|
|---|
| 2534 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2535 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2536 | */
|
|---|
| 2537 |
|
|---|
| 2538 | void QTextEdit::contentsDragMoveEvent( QDragMoveEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2539 | {
|
|---|
| 2540 | if ( isReadOnly() || !QTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2541 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 2542 | return;
|
|---|
| 2543 | }
|
|---|
| 2544 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2545 | placeCursor( e->pos(), cursor );
|
|---|
| 2546 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2547 | e->acceptAction();
|
|---|
| 2548 | }
|
|---|
| 2549 |
|
|---|
| 2550 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2551 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2552 | */
|
|---|
| 2553 |
|
|---|
| 2554 | void QTextEdit::contentsDragLeaveEvent( QDragLeaveEvent * )
|
|---|
| 2555 | {
|
|---|
| 2556 | inDnD = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2557 | }
|
|---|
| 2558 |
|
|---|
| 2559 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2560 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2561 | */
|
|---|
| 2562 |
|
|---|
| 2563 | void QTextEdit::contentsDropEvent( QDropEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2564 | {
|
|---|
| 2565 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 2566 | return;
|
|---|
| 2567 | inDnD = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2568 | e->acceptAction();
|
|---|
| 2569 | bool intern = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2570 | if ( QRichTextDrag::canDecode( e ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2571 | bool hasSel = doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2572 | bool internalDrag = e->source() == this || e->source() == viewport();
|
|---|
| 2573 | int dropId, dropIndex;
|
|---|
| 2574 | QTextCursor insertCursor = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2575 | dropId = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 2576 | dropIndex = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 2577 | if ( hasSel && internalDrag ) {
|
|---|
| 2578 | QTextCursor c1, c2;
|
|---|
| 2579 | int selStartId, selStartIndex;
|
|---|
| 2580 | int selEndId, selEndIndex;
|
|---|
| 2581 | c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2582 | c1.restoreState();
|
|---|
| 2583 | c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2584 | c2.restoreState();
|
|---|
| 2585 | selStartId = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 2586 | selStartIndex = c1.index();
|
|---|
| 2587 | selEndId = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 2588 | selEndIndex = c2.index();
|
|---|
| 2589 | if ( ( ( dropId > selStartId ) ||
|
|---|
| 2590 | ( dropId == selStartId && dropIndex > selStartIndex ) ) &&
|
|---|
| 2591 | ( ( dropId < selEndId ) ||
|
|---|
| 2592 | ( dropId == selEndId && dropIndex <= selEndIndex ) ) )
|
|---|
| 2593 | insertCursor = c1;
|
|---|
| 2594 | if ( dropId == selEndId && dropIndex > selEndIndex ) {
|
|---|
| 2595 | insertCursor = c1;
|
|---|
| 2596 | if ( selStartId == selEndId ) {
|
|---|
| 2597 | insertCursor.setIndex( dropIndex -
|
|---|
| 2598 | ( selEndIndex - selStartIndex ) );
|
|---|
| 2599 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2600 | insertCursor.setIndex( dropIndex - selEndIndex +
|
|---|
| 2601 | selStartIndex );
|
|---|
| 2602 | }
|
|---|
| 2603 | }
|
|---|
| 2604 | }
|
|---|
| 2605 |
|
|---|
| 2606 | if ( internalDrag && e->action() == QDropEvent::Move ) {
|
|---|
| 2607 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 2608 | intern = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2609 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2610 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2611 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 2612 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 2613 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 2614 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2615 | }
|
|---|
| 2616 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2617 | cursor->setParagraph( insertCursor.paragraph() );
|
|---|
| 2618 | cursor->setIndex( insertCursor.index() );
|
|---|
| 2619 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2620 | if ( !cursor->nestedDepth() ) {
|
|---|
| 2621 | QString subType = "plain";
|
|---|
| 2622 | if ( textFormat() != PlainText ) {
|
|---|
| 2623 | if ( e->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
|
|---|
| 2624 | subType = "x-qrichtext";
|
|---|
| 2625 | }
|
|---|
| 2626 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 2627 | pasteSubType( subType.latin1(), e );
|
|---|
| 2628 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2629 | // emit appropriate signals.
|
|---|
| 2630 | emit selectionChanged();
|
|---|
| 2631 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
|---|
| 2632 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 2633 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2634 | if ( intern )
|
|---|
| 2635 | undo();
|
|---|
| 2636 | e->ignore();
|
|---|
| 2637 | }
|
|---|
| 2638 | }
|
|---|
| 2639 | }
|
|---|
| 2640 |
|
|---|
| 2641 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2642 |
|
|---|
| 2643 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2644 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2645 | */
|
|---|
| 2646 | void QTextEdit::contentsContextMenuEvent( QContextMenuEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2647 | {
|
|---|
| 2648 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 2649 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2650 |
|
|---|
| 2651 | e->accept();
|
|---|
| 2652 | #ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
|---|
| 2653 | QPopupMenu *popup = createPopupMenu( e->pos() );
|
|---|
| 2654 | if ( !popup )
|
|---|
| 2655 | popup = createPopupMenu();
|
|---|
| 2656 | if ( !popup )
|
|---|
| 2657 | return;
|
|---|
| 2658 | int r = popup->exec( e->globalPos() );
|
|---|
| 2659 | delete popup;
|
|---|
| 2660 |
|
|---|
| 2661 | if ( r == d->id[ IdClear ] )
|
|---|
| 2662 | clear();
|
|---|
| 2663 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdSelectAll ] ) {
|
|---|
| 2664 | selectAll();
|
|---|
| 2665 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 2666 | // if the clipboard support selections, put the newly selected text into
|
|---|
| 2667 | // the clipboard
|
|---|
| 2668 | if (QApplication::clipboard()->supportsSelection()) {
|
|---|
| 2669 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Selection;
|
|---|
| 2670 |
|
|---|
| 2671 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
|---|
| 2672 | disconnect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
|---|
| 2673 | copy();
|
|---|
| 2674 | // listen to selection changes
|
|---|
| 2675 | connect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()),
|
|---|
| 2676 | this, SLOT(clipboardChanged()) );
|
|---|
| 2677 |
|
|---|
| 2678 | d->clipboard_mode = QClipboard::Clipboard;
|
|---|
| 2679 | }
|
|---|
| 2680 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2681 | } else if ( r == d->id[ IdUndo ] )
|
|---|
| 2682 | undo();
|
|---|
| 2683 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdRedo ] )
|
|---|
| 2684 | redo();
|
|---|
| 2685 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 2686 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdCut ] )
|
|---|
| 2687 | cut();
|
|---|
| 2688 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdCopy ] )
|
|---|
| 2689 | copy();
|
|---|
| 2690 | else if ( r == d->id[ IdPaste ] )
|
|---|
| 2691 | paste();
|
|---|
| 2692 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2693 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2694 | }
|
|---|
| 2695 |
|
|---|
| 2696 |
|
|---|
| 2697 | void QTextEdit::autoScrollTimerDone()
|
|---|
| 2698 | {
|
|---|
| 2699 | if ( mousePressed )
|
|---|
| 2700 | handleMouseMove( viewportToContents( viewport()->mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() ) ) );
|
|---|
| 2701 | }
|
|---|
| 2702 |
|
|---|
| 2703 | void QTextEdit::handleMouseMove( const QPoint& pos )
|
|---|
| 2704 | {
|
|---|
| 2705 | if ( !mousePressed )
|
|---|
| 2706 | return;
|
|---|
| 2707 |
|
|---|
| 2708 | if ( !scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < contentsY() || pos.y() > contentsY() + visibleHeight() )
|
|---|
| 2709 | scrollTimer->start( 100, FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2710 | else if ( scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= contentsY() && pos.y() <= contentsY() + visibleHeight() )
|
|---|
| 2711 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 2712 |
|
|---|
| 2713 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2714 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2715 |
|
|---|
| 2716 | placeCursor( pos );
|
|---|
| 2717 |
|
|---|
| 2718 | if ( inDoubleClick ) {
|
|---|
| 2719 | QTextCursor cl = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2720 | cl.gotoPreviousWord();
|
|---|
| 2721 | QTextCursor cr = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2722 | cr.gotoNextWord();
|
|---|
| 2723 |
|
|---|
| 2724 | int diff = QABS( oldCursor.paragraph()->at( oldCursor.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
|
|---|
| 2725 | int ldiff = QABS( cl.paragraph()->at( cl.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
|
|---|
| 2726 | int rdiff = QABS( cr.paragraph()->at( cr.index() )->x - mousePos.x() );
|
|---|
| 2727 |
|
|---|
| 2728 |
|
|---|
| 2729 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->lineStartOfChar( cursor->index() ) !=
|
|---|
| 2730 | oldCursor.paragraph()->lineStartOfChar( oldCursor.index() ) )
|
|---|
| 2731 | diff = 0xFFFFFF;
|
|---|
| 2732 |
|
|---|
| 2733 | if ( rdiff < diff && rdiff < ldiff )
|
|---|
| 2734 | *cursor = cr;
|
|---|
| 2735 | else if ( ldiff < diff && ldiff < rdiff )
|
|---|
| 2736 | *cursor = cl;
|
|---|
| 2737 | else
|
|---|
| 2738 | *cursor = oldCursor;
|
|---|
| 2739 |
|
|---|
| 2740 | }
|
|---|
| 2741 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 2742 |
|
|---|
| 2743 | bool redraw = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2744 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2745 | redraw = doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor ) || redraw;
|
|---|
| 2746 | }
|
|---|
| 2747 |
|
|---|
| 2748 | if ( !redraw ) {
|
|---|
| 2749 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2750 | } else {
|
|---|
| 2751 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 2752 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2753 | }
|
|---|
| 2754 |
|
|---|
| 2755 | if ( currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format()->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 2756 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|---|
| 2757 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format() );
|
|---|
| 2758 | if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
|
|---|
| 2759 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|---|
| 2760 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color() );
|
|---|
| 2761 | }
|
|---|
| 2762 | emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
|
|---|
| 2763 | emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
|
|---|
| 2764 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
|
|---|
| 2765 | }
|
|---|
| 2766 |
|
|---|
| 2767 | if ( currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment() ) {
|
|---|
| 2768 | currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
|
|---|
| 2769 | block_set_alignment = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 2770 | emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
|
|---|
| 2771 | block_set_alignment = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2772 | }
|
|---|
| 2773 | }
|
|---|
| 2774 |
|
|---|
| 2775 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 2776 |
|
|---|
| 2777 | void QTextEdit::placeCursor( const QPoint &pos, QTextCursor *c, bool link )
|
|---|
| 2778 | {
|
|---|
| 2779 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 2780 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 2781 | return;
|
|---|
| 2782 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2783 | if ( !c )
|
|---|
| 2784 | c = cursor;
|
|---|
| 2785 |
|
|---|
| 2786 | resetInputContext();
|
|---|
| 2787 | c->restoreState();
|
|---|
| 2788 | QTextParagraph *s = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 2789 | c->place( pos, s, link );
|
|---|
| 2790 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 2791 | }
|
|---|
| 2792 |
|
|---|
| 2793 |
|
|---|
| 2794 | void QTextEdit::updateMicroFocusHint()
|
|---|
| 2795 | {
|
|---|
| 2796 | QTextCursor c( *cursor );
|
|---|
| 2797 | if ( d->preeditStart != -1 )
|
|---|
| 2798 | c.setIndex( d->preeditStart );
|
|---|
| 2799 |
|
|---|
| 2800 | if ( hasFocus() || viewport()->hasFocus() ) {
|
|---|
| 2801 | int h = c.paragraph()->lineHeightOfChar( cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 2802 | if ( !readonly ) {
|
|---|
| 2803 | QFont f = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->format()->font();
|
|---|
| 2804 | setMicroFocusHint( c.x() - contentsX() + frameWidth(),
|
|---|
| 2805 | c.y() + cursor->paragraph()->rect().y() - contentsY() + frameWidth(), 0, h, TRUE, &f );
|
|---|
| 2806 | }
|
|---|
| 2807 | }
|
|---|
| 2808 | }
|
|---|
| 2809 |
|
|---|
| 2810 |
|
|---|
| 2811 |
|
|---|
| 2812 | void QTextEdit::formatMore()
|
|---|
| 2813 | {
|
|---|
| 2814 | if ( !lastFormatted )
|
|---|
| 2815 | return;
|
|---|
| 2816 |
|
|---|
| 2817 | int bottom = contentsHeight();
|
|---|
| 2818 | int lastTop = -1;
|
|---|
| 2819 | int lastBottom = -1;
|
|---|
| 2820 | int to = 20;
|
|---|
| 2821 | bool firstVisible = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 2822 | QRect cr( contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 2823 | for ( int i = 0; lastFormatted &&
|
|---|
| 2824 | ( i < to || ( firstVisible && lastTop < contentsY()+height() ) );
|
|---|
| 2825 | i++ ) {
|
|---|
| 2826 | lastFormatted->format();
|
|---|
| 2827 | lastTop = lastFormatted->rect().top();
|
|---|
| 2828 | lastBottom = lastFormatted->rect().bottom();
|
|---|
| 2829 | if ( i == 0 )
|
|---|
| 2830 | firstVisible = lastBottom < cr.bottom();
|
|---|
| 2831 | bottom = QMAX( bottom, lastBottom );
|
|---|
| 2832 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
|
|---|
| 2833 | }
|
|---|
| 2834 |
|
|---|
| 2835 | if ( bottom > contentsHeight() ) {
|
|---|
| 2836 | resizeContents( contentsWidth(), QMAX( doc->height(), bottom ) );
|
|---|
| 2837 | } else if ( !lastFormatted && lastBottom < contentsHeight() ) {
|
|---|
| 2838 | resizeContents( contentsWidth(), QMAX( doc->height(), lastBottom ) );
|
|---|
| 2839 | if ( contentsHeight() < visibleHeight() )
|
|---|
| 2840 | updateContents( 0, contentsHeight(), visibleWidth(),
|
|---|
| 2841 | visibleHeight() - contentsHeight() );
|
|---|
| 2842 | }
|
|---|
| 2843 |
|
|---|
| 2844 | if ( lastFormatted )
|
|---|
| 2845 | formatTimer->start( interval, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2846 | else
|
|---|
| 2847 | interval = QMAX( 0, interval );
|
|---|
| 2848 | }
|
|---|
| 2849 |
|
|---|
| 2850 | void QTextEdit::doResize()
|
|---|
| 2851 | {
|
|---|
| 2852 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 2853 | if ( !d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 2854 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2855 | {
|
|---|
| 2856 | if ( wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth )
|
|---|
| 2857 | return;
|
|---|
| 2858 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
|---|
| 2859 | resizeContents( 0, 0 );
|
|---|
| 2860 | doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
|
|---|
| 2861 | doc->invalidate();
|
|---|
| 2862 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 2863 | interval = 0;
|
|---|
| 2864 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 2865 | }
|
|---|
| 2866 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2867 | }
|
|---|
| 2868 |
|
|---|
| 2869 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 2870 |
|
|---|
| 2871 | void QTextEdit::doChangeInterval()
|
|---|
| 2872 | {
|
|---|
| 2873 | interval = 0;
|
|---|
| 2874 | }
|
|---|
| 2875 |
|
|---|
| 2876 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2877 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 2878 | */
|
|---|
| 2879 |
|
|---|
| 2880 | bool QTextEdit::eventFilter( QObject *o, QEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 2881 | {
|
|---|
| 2882 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 2883 | if ( !d->optimMode && (o == this || o == viewport()) ) {
|
|---|
| 2884 | #else
|
|---|
| 2885 | if ( o == this || o == viewport() ) {
|
|---|
| 2886 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2887 | if ( e->type() == QEvent::FocusIn ) {
|
|---|
| 2888 | if ( QApplication::cursorFlashTime() > 0 )
|
|---|
| 2889 | blinkTimer->start( QApplication::cursorFlashTime() / 2 );
|
|---|
| 2890 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2891 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 2892 | } else if ( e->type() == QEvent::FocusOut ) {
|
|---|
| 2893 | blinkTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 2894 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2895 | }
|
|---|
| 2896 | }
|
|---|
| 2897 |
|
|---|
| 2898 | if ( o == this && e->type() == QEvent::PaletteChange ) {
|
|---|
| 2899 | QColor old( viewport()->colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Text ) );
|
|---|
| 2900 | if ( old != colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Text ) ) {
|
|---|
| 2901 | QColor c( colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Text ) );
|
|---|
| 2902 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
|---|
| 2903 | doc->setDefaultFormat( doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->font(), c );
|
|---|
| 2904 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 2905 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 2906 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 2907 | }
|
|---|
| 2908 | }
|
|---|
| 2909 |
|
|---|
| 2910 | return QScrollView::eventFilter( o, e );
|
|---|
| 2911 | }
|
|---|
| 2912 |
|
|---|
| 2913 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2914 | \obsolete
|
|---|
| 2915 | */
|
|---|
| 2916 | void QTextEdit::insert( const QString &text, bool indent,
|
|---|
| 2917 | bool checkNewLine, bool removeSelected )
|
|---|
| 2918 | {
|
|---|
| 2919 | uint f = 0;
|
|---|
| 2920 | if ( indent )
|
|---|
| 2921 | f |= RedoIndentation;
|
|---|
| 2922 | if ( checkNewLine )
|
|---|
| 2923 | f |= CheckNewLines;
|
|---|
| 2924 | if ( removeSelected )
|
|---|
| 2925 | f |= RemoveSelected;
|
|---|
| 2926 | insert( text, f );
|
|---|
| 2927 | }
|
|---|
| 2928 |
|
|---|
| 2929 | /*!
|
|---|
| 2930 | Inserts \a text at the current cursor position.
|
|---|
| 2931 |
|
|---|
| 2932 | The \a insertionFlags define how the text is inserted. If \c
|
|---|
| 2933 | RedoIndentation is set, the paragraph is re-indented. If \c
|
|---|
| 2934 | CheckNewLines is set, newline characters in \a text result in hard
|
|---|
| 2935 | line breaks (i.e. new paragraphs). If \c checkNewLine is not set,
|
|---|
| 2936 | the behaviour of the editor is undefined if the \a text contains
|
|---|
| 2937 | newlines. (It is not possible to change QTextEdit's newline handling
|
|---|
| 2938 | behavior, but you can use QString::replace() to preprocess text
|
|---|
| 2939 | before inserting it.) If \c RemoveSelected is set, any selected
|
|---|
| 2940 | text (in selection 0) is removed before the text is inserted.
|
|---|
| 2941 |
|
|---|
| 2942 | The default flags are \c CheckNewLines | \c RemoveSelected.
|
|---|
| 2943 |
|
|---|
| 2944 | If the widget is in \c LogText mode this function will do nothing.
|
|---|
| 2945 |
|
|---|
| 2946 | \sa paste() pasteSubType()
|
|---|
| 2947 | */
|
|---|
| 2948 |
|
|---|
| 2949 |
|
|---|
| 2950 | void QTextEdit::insert( const QString &text, uint insertionFlags )
|
|---|
| 2951 | {
|
|---|
| 2952 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 2953 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 2954 | return;
|
|---|
| 2955 | #endif
|
|---|
| 2956 |
|
|---|
| 2957 | if ( cursor->nestedDepth() != 0 ) // #### for 3.0, disable editing of tables as this is not advanced enough
|
|---|
| 2958 | return;
|
|---|
| 2959 |
|
|---|
| 2960 | bool indent = insertionFlags & RedoIndentation;
|
|---|
| 2961 | bool checkNewLine = insertionFlags & CheckNewLines;
|
|---|
| 2962 | bool removeSelected = insertionFlags & RemoveSelected;
|
|---|
| 2963 | QString txt( text );
|
|---|
| 2964 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 2965 | if ( !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) && removeSelected )
|
|---|
| 2966 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 2967 | QTextCursor c2 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2968 | int oldLen = 0;
|
|---|
| 2969 |
|
|---|
| 2970 | if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 2971 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Insert );
|
|---|
| 2972 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
|---|
| 2973 | undoRedoInfo.id = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 2974 | undoRedoInfo.index = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 2975 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 2976 | }
|
|---|
| 2977 | oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
|
|---|
| 2978 | }
|
|---|
| 2979 |
|
|---|
| 2980 | lastFormatted = checkNewLine && cursor->paragraph()->prev() ?
|
|---|
| 2981 | cursor->paragraph()->prev() : cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 2982 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 2983 | cursor->insert( txt, checkNewLine );
|
|---|
| 2984 | if ( doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() ) {
|
|---|
| 2985 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, oldCursor );
|
|---|
| 2986 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 2987 | doc->setFormat( QTextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, QTextFormat::Format );
|
|---|
| 2988 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 2989 | }
|
|---|
| 2990 |
|
|---|
| 2991 | if ( indent && ( txt == "{" || txt == "}" || txt == ":" || txt == "#" ) )
|
|---|
| 2992 | cursor->indent();
|
|---|
| 2993 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 2994 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 2995 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 2996 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 2997 |
|
|---|
| 2998 | if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 2999 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
|
|---|
| 3000 | if ( !doc->preProcessor() ) {
|
|---|
| 3001 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i ) {
|
|---|
| 3002 | if ( txt[ i ] != '\n' && c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format() ) {
|
|---|
| 3003 | c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format()->addRef();
|
|---|
| 3004 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.
|
|---|
| 3005 | setFormat( oldLen + i,
|
|---|
| 3006 | c2.paragraph()->at( c2.index() )->format(), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3007 | }
|
|---|
| 3008 | c2.gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 3009 | }
|
|---|
| 3010 | }
|
|---|
| 3011 | }
|
|---|
| 3012 |
|
|---|
| 3013 | if ( !removeSelected ) {
|
|---|
| 3014 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, oldCursor );
|
|---|
| 3015 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 3016 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3017 | }
|
|---|
| 3018 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 3019 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 3020 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 3021 | }
|
|---|
| 3022 |
|
|---|
| 3023 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3024 | Inserts \a text in the paragraph \a para at position \a index.
|
|---|
| 3025 | */
|
|---|
| 3026 |
|
|---|
| 3027 | void QTextEdit::insertAt( const QString &text, int para, int index )
|
|---|
| 3028 | {
|
|---|
| 3029 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3030 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 3031 | optimInsert( text, para, index );
|
|---|
| 3032 | return;
|
|---|
| 3033 | }
|
|---|
| 3034 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3035 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 3036 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 3037 | return;
|
|---|
| 3038 | removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 3039 | QTextCursor tmp = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 3040 | cursor->setParagraph( p );
|
|---|
| 3041 | cursor->setIndex( index );
|
|---|
| 3042 | insert( text, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3043 | *cursor = tmp;
|
|---|
| 3044 | removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 3045 | }
|
|---|
| 3046 |
|
|---|
| 3047 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3048 | Inserts \a text as a new paragraph at position \a para. If \a para
|
|---|
| 3049 | is -1, the text is appended. Use append() if the append operation
|
|---|
| 3050 | is performance critical.
|
|---|
| 3051 | */
|
|---|
| 3052 |
|
|---|
| 3053 | void QTextEdit::insertParagraph( const QString &text, int para )
|
|---|
| 3054 | {
|
|---|
| 3055 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3056 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 3057 | optimInsert( text + "\n", para, 0 );
|
|---|
| 3058 | return;
|
|---|
| 3059 | }
|
|---|
| 3060 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3061 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
|---|
| 3062 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
|---|
| 3063 |
|
|---|
| 3064 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 3065 |
|
|---|
| 3066 | bool append = !p;
|
|---|
| 3067 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 3068 | p = doc->lastParagraph();
|
|---|
| 3069 |
|
|---|
| 3070 | QTextCursor old = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 3071 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3072 |
|
|---|
| 3073 | cursor->setParagraph( p );
|
|---|
| 3074 | cursor->setIndex( 0 );
|
|---|
| 3075 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3076 | qtextedit_ignore_readonly = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3077 | if ( append && cursor->paragraph()->length() > 1 ) {
|
|---|
| 3078 | cursor->setIndex( cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 );
|
|---|
| 3079 | doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
|
|---|
| 3080 | }
|
|---|
| 3081 | insert( text, FALSE, TRUE, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3082 | doKeyboardAction( ActionReturn );
|
|---|
| 3083 | qtextedit_ignore_readonly = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3084 |
|
|---|
| 3085 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3086 | *cursor = old;
|
|---|
| 3087 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3088 |
|
|---|
| 3089 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3090 | }
|
|---|
| 3091 |
|
|---|
| 3092 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3093 | Removes the paragraph \a para.
|
|---|
| 3094 | */
|
|---|
| 3095 |
|
|---|
| 3096 | void QTextEdit::removeParagraph( int para )
|
|---|
| 3097 | {
|
|---|
| 3098 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3099 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 3100 | return;
|
|---|
| 3101 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3102 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 3103 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 3104 | return;
|
|---|
| 3105 |
|
|---|
| 3106 | for ( int i = 0; i < doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
|---|
| 3107 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
|---|
| 3108 |
|
|---|
| 3109 | QTextCursor start( doc );
|
|---|
| 3110 | QTextCursor end( doc );
|
|---|
| 3111 | start.setParagraph( p );
|
|---|
| 3112 | start.setIndex( 0 );
|
|---|
| 3113 | end.setParagraph( p );
|
|---|
| 3114 | end.setIndex( p->length() - 1 );
|
|---|
| 3115 |
|
|---|
| 3116 | if ( !(p == doc->firstParagraph() && p == doc->lastParagraph()) ) {
|
|---|
| 3117 | if ( p->next() ) {
|
|---|
| 3118 | end.setParagraph( p->next() );
|
|---|
| 3119 | end.setIndex( 0 );
|
|---|
| 3120 | } else if ( p->prev() ) {
|
|---|
| 3121 | start.setParagraph( p->prev() );
|
|---|
| 3122 | start.setIndex( p->prev()->length() - 1 );
|
|---|
| 3123 | }
|
|---|
| 3124 | }
|
|---|
| 3125 |
|
|---|
| 3126 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, start );
|
|---|
| 3127 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, end );
|
|---|
| 3128 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 3129 | }
|
|---|
| 3130 |
|
|---|
| 3131 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3132 | Undoes the last operation.
|
|---|
| 3133 |
|
|---|
| 3134 | If there is no operation to undo, i.e. there is no undo step in
|
|---|
| 3135 | the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
|
|---|
| 3136 |
|
|---|
| 3137 | \sa undoAvailable() redo() undoDepth()
|
|---|
| 3138 | */
|
|---|
| 3139 |
|
|---|
| 3140 | void QTextEdit::undo()
|
|---|
| 3141 | {
|
|---|
| 3142 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3143 | if ( isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || !undoEnabled )
|
|---|
| 3144 | return;
|
|---|
| 3145 |
|
|---|
| 3146 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
|---|
| 3147 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
|---|
| 3148 |
|
|---|
| 3149 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 3150 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 3151 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3152 |
|
|---|
| 3153 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3154 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3155 | QTextCursor *c = doc->undo( cursor );
|
|---|
| 3156 | if ( !c ) {
|
|---|
| 3157 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3158 | return;
|
|---|
| 3159 | }
|
|---|
| 3160 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
|---|
| 3161 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 3162 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3163 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3164 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 3165 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 3166 | // ### If we get back to a completely blank textedit, it
|
|---|
| 3167 | // is possible that cursor is invalid and further actions
|
|---|
| 3168 | // might not fix the problem, so reset the cursor here.
|
|---|
| 3169 | // This is copied from removeSeletedText(), it might be
|
|---|
| 3170 | // okay to just call that.
|
|---|
| 3171 | if ( !cursor->isValid() ) {
|
|---|
| 3172 | delete cursor;
|
|---|
| 3173 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
|---|
| 3174 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3175 | repaintContents( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3176 | }
|
|---|
| 3177 | emit undoAvailable( isUndoAvailable() );
|
|---|
| 3178 | emit redoAvailable( isRedoAvailable() );
|
|---|
| 3179 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 3180 | }
|
|---|
| 3181 |
|
|---|
| 3182 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3183 | Redoes the last operation.
|
|---|
| 3184 |
|
|---|
| 3185 | If there is no operation to redo, i.e. there is no redo step in
|
|---|
| 3186 | the undo/redo history, nothing happens.
|
|---|
| 3187 |
|
|---|
| 3188 | \sa redoAvailable() undo() undoDepth()
|
|---|
| 3189 | */
|
|---|
| 3190 |
|
|---|
| 3191 | void QTextEdit::redo()
|
|---|
| 3192 | {
|
|---|
| 3193 | if ( isReadOnly() || !doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() || !undoEnabled )
|
|---|
| 3194 | return;
|
|---|
| 3195 |
|
|---|
| 3196 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)doc->numSelections(); ++i )
|
|---|
| 3197 | doc->removeSelection( i );
|
|---|
| 3198 |
|
|---|
| 3199 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 3200 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 3201 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3202 |
|
|---|
| 3203 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3204 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3205 | QTextCursor *c = doc->redo( cursor );
|
|---|
| 3206 | if ( !c ) {
|
|---|
| 3207 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3208 | return;
|
|---|
| 3209 | }
|
|---|
| 3210 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
|---|
| 3211 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 3212 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3213 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 3214 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3215 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 3216 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 3217 | emit undoAvailable( isUndoAvailable() );
|
|---|
| 3218 | emit redoAvailable( isRedoAvailable() );
|
|---|
| 3219 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 3220 | }
|
|---|
| 3221 |
|
|---|
| 3222 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3223 | Pastes the text from the clipboard into the text edit at the
|
|---|
| 3224 | current cursor position. Only plain text is pasted.
|
|---|
| 3225 |
|
|---|
| 3226 | If there is no text in the clipboard nothing happens.
|
|---|
| 3227 |
|
|---|
| 3228 | \sa pasteSubType() cut() QTextEdit::copy()
|
|---|
| 3229 | */
|
|---|
| 3230 |
|
|---|
| 3231 | void QTextEdit::paste()
|
|---|
| 3232 | {
|
|---|
| 3233 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 3234 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 3235 | return;
|
|---|
| 3236 | QString subType = "plain";
|
|---|
| 3237 | if ( textFormat() != PlainText ) {
|
|---|
| 3238 | QMimeSource *m = QApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode );
|
|---|
| 3239 | if ( !m )
|
|---|
| 3240 | return;
|
|---|
| 3241 | if ( m->provides( "application/x-qrichtext" ) )
|
|---|
| 3242 | subType = "x-qrichtext";
|
|---|
| 3243 | }
|
|---|
| 3244 |
|
|---|
| 3245 | pasteSubType( subType.latin1() );
|
|---|
| 3246 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 3247 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3248 | }
|
|---|
| 3249 |
|
|---|
| 3250 | void QTextEdit::checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Type t )
|
|---|
| 3251 | {
|
|---|
| 3252 | if ( undoRedoInfo.valid() && t != undoRedoInfo.type ) {
|
|---|
| 3253 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3254 | }
|
|---|
| 3255 | undoRedoInfo.type = t;
|
|---|
| 3256 | }
|
|---|
| 3257 |
|
|---|
| 3258 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3259 | Repaints any paragraphs that have changed.
|
|---|
| 3260 |
|
|---|
| 3261 | Although used extensively internally you shouldn't need to call
|
|---|
| 3262 | this yourself.
|
|---|
| 3263 | */
|
|---|
| 3264 |
|
|---|
| 3265 | void QTextEdit::repaintChanged()
|
|---|
| 3266 | {
|
|---|
| 3267 | if ( !isUpdatesEnabled() || !viewport()->isUpdatesEnabled() )
|
|---|
| 3268 | return;
|
|---|
| 3269 |
|
|---|
| 3270 | QPainter p( viewport() );
|
|---|
| 3271 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3272 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 3273 | optimDrawContents( &p, contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 3274 | return;
|
|---|
| 3275 | }
|
|---|
| 3276 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3277 | p.translate( -contentsX(), -contentsY() );
|
|---|
| 3278 | paintDocument( FALSE, &p, contentsX(), contentsY(), visibleWidth(), visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 3279 | }
|
|---|
| 3280 |
|
|---|
| 3281 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 3282 | QTextDrag *QTextEdit::dragObject( QWidget *parent ) const
|
|---|
| 3283 | {
|
|---|
| 3284 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ||
|
|---|
| 3285 | doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard ).isEmpty() )
|
|---|
| 3286 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 3287 | if ( textFormat() != RichText )
|
|---|
| 3288 | return new QTextDrag( doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard ), parent );
|
|---|
| 3289 | QRichTextDrag *drag = new QRichTextDrag( parent );
|
|---|
| 3290 | drag->setPlainText( doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
|---|
| 3291 | drag->setRichText( doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
|
|---|
| 3292 | return drag;
|
|---|
| 3293 | }
|
|---|
| 3294 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3295 |
|
|---|
| 3296 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3297 | Copies the selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard and
|
|---|
| 3298 | deletes it from the text edit.
|
|---|
| 3299 |
|
|---|
| 3300 | If there is no selected text (in selection 0) nothing happens.
|
|---|
| 3301 |
|
|---|
| 3302 | \sa QTextEdit::copy() paste() pasteSubType()
|
|---|
| 3303 | */
|
|---|
| 3304 |
|
|---|
| 3305 | void QTextEdit::cut()
|
|---|
| 3306 | {
|
|---|
| 3307 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 3308 | return;
|
|---|
| 3309 | normalCopy();
|
|---|
| 3310 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 3311 | updateMicroFocusHint();
|
|---|
| 3312 | }
|
|---|
| 3313 |
|
|---|
| 3314 | void QTextEdit::normalCopy()
|
|---|
| 3315 | {
|
|---|
| 3316 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 3317 | QTextDrag *drag = dragObject();
|
|---|
| 3318 | if ( !drag )
|
|---|
| 3319 | return;
|
|---|
| 3320 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 3321 | QApplication::clipboard()->setData( drag, d->clipboard_mode );
|
|---|
| 3322 | #endif // QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 3323 | #endif // QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 3324 | }
|
|---|
| 3325 |
|
|---|
| 3326 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3327 | Copies any selected text (from selection 0) to the clipboard.
|
|---|
| 3328 |
|
|---|
| 3329 | \sa hasSelectedText() copyAvailable()
|
|---|
| 3330 | */
|
|---|
| 3331 |
|
|---|
| 3332 | void QTextEdit::copy()
|
|---|
| 3333 | {
|
|---|
| 3334 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 3335 | # ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3336 | if ( d->optimMode && optimHasSelection() )
|
|---|
| 3337 | QApplication::clipboard()->setText( optimSelectedText(), d->clipboard_mode );
|
|---|
| 3338 | else
|
|---|
| 3339 | normalCopy();
|
|---|
| 3340 | # else
|
|---|
| 3341 | normalCopy();
|
|---|
| 3342 | # endif
|
|---|
| 3343 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3344 | }
|
|---|
| 3345 |
|
|---|
| 3346 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3347 | \internal
|
|---|
| 3348 |
|
|---|
| 3349 | Re-indents the current paragraph.
|
|---|
| 3350 | */
|
|---|
| 3351 |
|
|---|
| 3352 | void QTextEdit::indent()
|
|---|
| 3353 | {
|
|---|
| 3354 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 3355 | return;
|
|---|
| 3356 |
|
|---|
| 3357 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3358 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) )
|
|---|
| 3359 | cursor->indent();
|
|---|
| 3360 | else
|
|---|
| 3361 | doc->indentSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 3362 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3363 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3364 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 3365 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 3366 | }
|
|---|
| 3367 |
|
|---|
| 3368 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3369 | Reimplemented to allow tabbing through links. If \a n is TRUE the
|
|---|
| 3370 | tab moves the focus to the next child; if \a n is FALSE the tab
|
|---|
| 3371 | moves the focus to the previous child. Returns TRUE if the focus
|
|---|
| 3372 | was moved; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|---|
| 3373 | */
|
|---|
| 3374 |
|
|---|
| 3375 | bool QTextEdit::focusNextPrevChild( bool n )
|
|---|
| 3376 | {
|
|---|
| 3377 | if ( !isReadOnly() || !linksEnabled() )
|
|---|
| 3378 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3379 | bool b = doc->focusNextPrevChild( n );
|
|---|
| 3380 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3381 | if ( b )
|
|---|
| 3382 | //##### this does not work with tables. The focusIndicator
|
|---|
| 3383 | //should really be a QTextCursor. Fix 3.1
|
|---|
| 3384 | makeParagVisible( doc->focusIndicator.parag );
|
|---|
| 3385 | return b;
|
|---|
| 3386 | }
|
|---|
| 3387 |
|
|---|
| 3388 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3389 | \internal
|
|---|
| 3390 |
|
|---|
| 3391 | This functions sets the current format to \a f. Only the fields of \a
|
|---|
| 3392 | f which are specified by the \a flags are used.
|
|---|
| 3393 | */
|
|---|
| 3394 |
|
|---|
| 3395 | void QTextEdit::setFormat( QTextFormat *f, int flags )
|
|---|
| 3396 | {
|
|---|
| 3397 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 3398 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3399 | QTextCursor c1 = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 3400 | c1.restoreState();
|
|---|
| 3401 | QTextCursor c2 = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 3402 | c2.restoreState();
|
|---|
| 3403 | if ( undoEnabled ) {
|
|---|
| 3404 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3405 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Format;
|
|---|
| 3406 | undoRedoInfo.id = c1.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3407 | undoRedoInfo.index = c1.index();
|
|---|
| 3408 | undoRedoInfo.eid = c2.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3409 | undoRedoInfo.eindex = c2.index();
|
|---|
| 3410 | readFormats( c1, c2, undoRedoInfo.d->text );
|
|---|
| 3411 | undoRedoInfo.format = f;
|
|---|
| 3412 | undoRedoInfo.flags = flags;
|
|---|
| 3413 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3414 | }
|
|---|
| 3415 | doc->setFormat( QTextDocument::Standard, f, flags );
|
|---|
| 3416 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3417 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 3418 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3419 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 3420 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 3421 | }
|
|---|
| 3422 | if ( currentFormat && currentFormat->key() != f->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 3423 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|---|
| 3424 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( f );
|
|---|
| 3425 | if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
|
|---|
| 3426 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|---|
| 3427 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(),
|
|---|
| 3428 | currentFormat->color() );
|
|---|
| 3429 | }
|
|---|
| 3430 | emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
|
|---|
| 3431 | emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
|
|---|
| 3432 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
|
|---|
| 3433 | if ( cursor->index() == cursor->paragraph()->length() - 1 ) {
|
|---|
| 3434 | currentFormat->addRef();
|
|---|
| 3435 | cursor->paragraph()->string()->setFormat( cursor->index(), currentFormat, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3436 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->length() == 1 ) {
|
|---|
| 3437 | cursor->paragraph()->invalidate( 0 );
|
|---|
| 3438 | cursor->paragraph()->format();
|
|---|
| 3439 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3440 | }
|
|---|
| 3441 | }
|
|---|
| 3442 | }
|
|---|
| 3443 | }
|
|---|
| 3444 |
|
|---|
| 3445 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3446 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 3447 | */
|
|---|
| 3448 |
|
|---|
| 3449 | void QTextEdit::setPalette( const QPalette &p )
|
|---|
| 3450 | {
|
|---|
| 3451 | QScrollView::setPalette( p );
|
|---|
| 3452 | if ( textFormat() == PlainText ) {
|
|---|
| 3453 | QTextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
|---|
| 3454 | f->setColor( colorGroup().text() );
|
|---|
| 3455 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 3456 | }
|
|---|
| 3457 | }
|
|---|
| 3458 |
|
|---|
| 3459 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 3460 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
|---|
| 3461 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
|---|
| 3462 | function will go away.
|
|---|
| 3463 |
|
|---|
| 3464 | Sets the paragraph style of the current paragraph
|
|---|
| 3465 | to \a dm. If \a dm is QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem, the
|
|---|
| 3466 | type of the list item is set to \a listStyle.
|
|---|
| 3467 |
|
|---|
| 3468 | \sa setAlignment()
|
|---|
| 3469 | */
|
|---|
| 3470 |
|
|---|
| 3471 | void QTextEdit::setParagType( QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode dm,
|
|---|
| 3472 | QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle listStyle )
|
|---|
| 3473 | {
|
|---|
| 3474 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 3475 | return;
|
|---|
| 3476 |
|
|---|
| 3477 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3478 | QTextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 3479 | QTextParagraph *end = start;
|
|---|
| 3480 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 3481 | start = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
|
|---|
| 3482 | end = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
|
|---|
| 3483 | if ( end->paragId() < start->paragId() )
|
|---|
| 3484 | return; // do not trust our selections
|
|---|
| 3485 | }
|
|---|
| 3486 |
|
|---|
| 3487 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3488 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|---|
| 3489 | undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3490 | undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3491 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
|---|
| 3492 |
|
|---|
| 3493 | while ( start != end->next() ) {
|
|---|
| 3494 | start->setListStyle( listStyle );
|
|---|
| 3495 | if ( dm == QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem ) {
|
|---|
| 3496 | start->setListItem( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3497 | if( start->listDepth() == 0 )
|
|---|
| 3498 | start->setListDepth( 1 );
|
|---|
| 3499 | } else if ( start->isListItem() ) {
|
|---|
| 3500 | start->setListItem( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3501 | start->setListDepth( QMAX( start->listDepth()-1, 0 ) );
|
|---|
| 3502 | }
|
|---|
| 3503 | start = start->next();
|
|---|
| 3504 | }
|
|---|
| 3505 |
|
|---|
| 3506 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3507 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3508 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 3509 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3510 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 3511 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 3512 | }
|
|---|
| 3513 |
|
|---|
| 3514 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3515 | Sets the alignment of the current paragraph to \a a. Valid
|
|---|
| 3516 | alignments are \c Qt::AlignLeft, \c Qt::AlignRight,
|
|---|
| 3517 | \c Qt::AlignJustify and \c Qt::AlignCenter (which centers
|
|---|
| 3518 | horizontally).
|
|---|
| 3519 | */
|
|---|
| 3520 |
|
|---|
| 3521 | void QTextEdit::setAlignment( int a )
|
|---|
| 3522 | {
|
|---|
| 3523 | if ( isReadOnly() || block_set_alignment )
|
|---|
| 3524 | return;
|
|---|
| 3525 |
|
|---|
| 3526 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3527 | QTextParagraph *start = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 3528 | QTextParagraph *end = start;
|
|---|
| 3529 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 3530 | start = doc->selectionStartCursor( QTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
|
|---|
| 3531 | end = doc->selectionEndCursor( QTextDocument::Standard ).topParagraph();
|
|---|
| 3532 | if ( end->paragId() < start->paragId() )
|
|---|
| 3533 | return; // do not trust our selections
|
|---|
| 3534 | }
|
|---|
| 3535 |
|
|---|
| 3536 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3537 | undoRedoInfo.type = UndoRedoInfo::Style;
|
|---|
| 3538 | undoRedoInfo.id = start->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3539 | undoRedoInfo.eid = end->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3540 | undoRedoInfo.styleInformation = QTextStyleCommand::readStyleInformation( doc, undoRedoInfo.id, undoRedoInfo.eid );
|
|---|
| 3541 |
|
|---|
| 3542 | while ( start != end->next() ) {
|
|---|
| 3543 | start->setAlignment( a );
|
|---|
| 3544 | start = start->next();
|
|---|
| 3545 | }
|
|---|
| 3546 |
|
|---|
| 3547 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 3548 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3549 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 3550 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3551 | if ( currentAlignment != a ) {
|
|---|
| 3552 | currentAlignment = a;
|
|---|
| 3553 | emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
|
|---|
| 3554 | }
|
|---|
| 3555 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 3556 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 3557 | }
|
|---|
| 3558 |
|
|---|
| 3559 | void QTextEdit::updateCurrentFormat()
|
|---|
| 3560 | {
|
|---|
| 3561 | int i = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 3562 | if ( i > 0 )
|
|---|
| 3563 | --i;
|
|---|
| 3564 | if ( doc->useFormatCollection() &&
|
|---|
| 3565 | ( !currentFormat || currentFormat->key() != cursor->paragraph()->at( i )->format()->key() ) ) {
|
|---|
| 3566 | if ( currentFormat )
|
|---|
| 3567 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|---|
| 3568 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( cursor->paragraph()->at( i )->format() );
|
|---|
| 3569 | if ( currentFormat->isMisspelled() ) {
|
|---|
| 3570 | currentFormat->removeRef();
|
|---|
| 3571 | currentFormat = doc->formatCollection()->format( currentFormat->font(), currentFormat->color() );
|
|---|
| 3572 | }
|
|---|
| 3573 | emit currentFontChanged( currentFormat->font() );
|
|---|
| 3574 | emit currentColorChanged( currentFormat->color() );
|
|---|
| 3575 | emit currentVerticalAlignmentChanged( (VerticalAlignment)currentFormat->vAlign() );
|
|---|
| 3576 | }
|
|---|
| 3577 |
|
|---|
| 3578 | if ( currentAlignment != cursor->paragraph()->alignment() ) {
|
|---|
| 3579 | currentAlignment = cursor->paragraph()->alignment();
|
|---|
| 3580 | block_set_alignment = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 3581 | emit currentAlignmentChanged( currentAlignment );
|
|---|
| 3582 | block_set_alignment = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 3583 | }
|
|---|
| 3584 | }
|
|---|
| 3585 |
|
|---|
| 3586 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3587 | If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to italic; otherwise sets
|
|---|
| 3588 | the current format to non-italic.
|
|---|
| 3589 |
|
|---|
| 3590 | \sa italic()
|
|---|
| 3591 | */
|
|---|
| 3592 |
|
|---|
| 3593 | void QTextEdit::setItalic( bool b )
|
|---|
| 3594 | {
|
|---|
| 3595 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
|---|
| 3596 | f.setItalic( b );
|
|---|
| 3597 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
|---|
| 3598 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Italic );
|
|---|
| 3599 | }
|
|---|
| 3600 |
|
|---|
| 3601 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3602 | If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to bold; otherwise sets
|
|---|
| 3603 | the current format to non-bold.
|
|---|
| 3604 |
|
|---|
| 3605 | \sa bold()
|
|---|
| 3606 | */
|
|---|
| 3607 |
|
|---|
| 3608 | void QTextEdit::setBold( bool b )
|
|---|
| 3609 | {
|
|---|
| 3610 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
|---|
| 3611 | f.setBold( b );
|
|---|
| 3612 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
|---|
| 3613 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Bold );
|
|---|
| 3614 | }
|
|---|
| 3615 |
|
|---|
| 3616 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3617 | If \a b is TRUE sets the current format to underline; otherwise
|
|---|
| 3618 | sets the current format to non-underline.
|
|---|
| 3619 |
|
|---|
| 3620 | \sa underline()
|
|---|
| 3621 | */
|
|---|
| 3622 |
|
|---|
| 3623 | void QTextEdit::setUnderline( bool b )
|
|---|
| 3624 | {
|
|---|
| 3625 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
|---|
| 3626 | f.setUnderline( b );
|
|---|
| 3627 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
|---|
| 3628 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Underline );
|
|---|
| 3629 | }
|
|---|
| 3630 |
|
|---|
| 3631 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3632 | Sets the font family of the current format to \a fontFamily.
|
|---|
| 3633 |
|
|---|
| 3634 | \sa family() setCurrentFont()
|
|---|
| 3635 | */
|
|---|
| 3636 |
|
|---|
| 3637 | void QTextEdit::setFamily( const QString &fontFamily )
|
|---|
| 3638 | {
|
|---|
| 3639 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
|---|
| 3640 | f.setFamily( fontFamily );
|
|---|
| 3641 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
|---|
| 3642 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Family );
|
|---|
| 3643 | }
|
|---|
| 3644 |
|
|---|
| 3645 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3646 | Sets the point size of the current format to \a s.
|
|---|
| 3647 |
|
|---|
| 3648 | Note that if \a s is zero or negative, the behaviour of this
|
|---|
| 3649 | function is not defined.
|
|---|
| 3650 |
|
|---|
| 3651 | \sa pointSize() setCurrentFont() setFamily()
|
|---|
| 3652 | */
|
|---|
| 3653 |
|
|---|
| 3654 | void QTextEdit::setPointSize( int s )
|
|---|
| 3655 | {
|
|---|
| 3656 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
|---|
| 3657 | f.setPointSize( s );
|
|---|
| 3658 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
|---|
| 3659 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Size );
|
|---|
| 3660 | }
|
|---|
| 3661 |
|
|---|
| 3662 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3663 | Sets the color of the current format, i.e. of the text, to \a c.
|
|---|
| 3664 |
|
|---|
| 3665 | \sa color() setPaper()
|
|---|
| 3666 | */
|
|---|
| 3667 |
|
|---|
| 3668 | void QTextEdit::setColor( const QColor &c )
|
|---|
| 3669 | {
|
|---|
| 3670 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
|---|
| 3671 | f.setColor( c );
|
|---|
| 3672 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
|---|
| 3673 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Color );
|
|---|
| 3674 | }
|
|---|
| 3675 |
|
|---|
| 3676 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3677 | Sets the vertical alignment of the current format, i.e. of the
|
|---|
| 3678 | text, to \a a.
|
|---|
| 3679 |
|
|---|
| 3680 | \sa color() setPaper()
|
|---|
| 3681 | */
|
|---|
| 3682 |
|
|---|
| 3683 | void QTextEdit::setVerticalAlignment( VerticalAlignment a )
|
|---|
| 3684 | {
|
|---|
| 3685 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
|---|
| 3686 | f.setVAlign( (QTextFormat::VerticalAlignment)a );
|
|---|
| 3687 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
|---|
| 3688 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::VAlign );
|
|---|
| 3689 | }
|
|---|
| 3690 |
|
|---|
| 3691 | void QTextEdit::setFontInternal( const QFont &f_ )
|
|---|
| 3692 | {
|
|---|
| 3693 | QTextFormat f( *currentFormat );
|
|---|
| 3694 | f.setFont( f_ );
|
|---|
| 3695 | QTextFormat *f2 = doc->formatCollection()->format( &f );
|
|---|
| 3696 | setFormat( f2, QTextFormat::Font );
|
|---|
| 3697 | }
|
|---|
| 3698 |
|
|---|
| 3699 |
|
|---|
| 3700 | QString QTextEdit::text() const
|
|---|
| 3701 | {
|
|---|
| 3702 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3703 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 3704 | return optimText();
|
|---|
| 3705 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3706 |
|
|---|
| 3707 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 3708 | if ( !p || (!p->next() && p->length() <= 1) )
|
|---|
| 3709 | return QString::fromLatin1("");
|
|---|
| 3710 |
|
|---|
| 3711 | if ( isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 3712 | return doc->originalText();
|
|---|
| 3713 | return doc->text();
|
|---|
| 3714 | }
|
|---|
| 3715 |
|
|---|
| 3716 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3717 | \overload
|
|---|
| 3718 |
|
|---|
| 3719 | Returns the text of paragraph \a para.
|
|---|
| 3720 |
|
|---|
| 3721 | If textFormat() is \c RichText the text will contain HTML
|
|---|
| 3722 | formatting tags.
|
|---|
| 3723 | */
|
|---|
| 3724 |
|
|---|
| 3725 | QString QTextEdit::text( int para ) const
|
|---|
| 3726 | {
|
|---|
| 3727 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3728 | if ( d->optimMode && (d->od->numLines >= para) ) {
|
|---|
| 3729 | QString paraStr = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ];
|
|---|
| 3730 | if ( paraStr.isEmpty() )
|
|---|
| 3731 | paraStr = "\n";
|
|---|
| 3732 | return paraStr;
|
|---|
| 3733 | } else
|
|---|
| 3734 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3735 | return doc->text( para );
|
|---|
| 3736 | }
|
|---|
| 3737 |
|
|---|
| 3738 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3739 | \overload
|
|---|
| 3740 |
|
|---|
| 3741 | Changes the text of the text edit to the string \a text and the
|
|---|
| 3742 | context to \a context. Any previous text is removed.
|
|---|
| 3743 |
|
|---|
| 3744 | \a text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
|---|
| 3745 | depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is \c AutoText,
|
|---|
| 3746 | i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format from \a text.
|
|---|
| 3747 |
|
|---|
| 3748 | For rich text the rendering style and available tags are defined
|
|---|
| 3749 | by a styleSheet(); see QStyleSheet for details.
|
|---|
| 3750 |
|
|---|
| 3751 | The optional \a context is a path which the text edit's
|
|---|
| 3752 | QMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations of files and
|
|---|
| 3753 | images. (See \l{QTextEdit::QTextEdit()}.) It is passed to the text
|
|---|
| 3754 | edit's QMimeSourceFactory when quering data.
|
|---|
| 3755 |
|
|---|
| 3756 | Note that the undo/redo history is cleared by this function.
|
|---|
| 3757 |
|
|---|
| 3758 | \sa text(), setTextFormat()
|
|---|
| 3759 | */
|
|---|
| 3760 |
|
|---|
| 3761 | void QTextEdit::setText( const QString &text, const QString &context )
|
|---|
| 3762 | {
|
|---|
| 3763 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3764 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 3765 | optimSetText( text );
|
|---|
| 3766 | return;
|
|---|
| 3767 | }
|
|---|
| 3768 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3769 | if ( !isModified() && isReadOnly() &&
|
|---|
| 3770 | this->context() == context && this->text() == text )
|
|---|
| 3771 | return;
|
|---|
| 3772 |
|
|---|
| 3773 | emit undoAvailable( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3774 | emit redoAvailable( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3775 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|---|
| 3776 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
|---|
| 3777 |
|
|---|
| 3778 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
|---|
| 3779 | int oldCursorPos = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 3780 | int oldCursorPar = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3781 | cursor->restoreState();
|
|---|
| 3782 | delete cursor;
|
|---|
| 3783 | doc->setText( text, context );
|
|---|
| 3784 |
|
|---|
| 3785 | if ( wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth ) {
|
|---|
| 3786 | resizeContents( wrapWidth, 0 );
|
|---|
| 3787 | doc->setWidth( wrapWidth );
|
|---|
| 3788 | doc->setMinimumWidth( wrapWidth );
|
|---|
| 3789 | } else {
|
|---|
| 3790 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
|---|
| 3791 | resizeContents( 0, 0 );
|
|---|
| 3792 | }
|
|---|
| 3793 |
|
|---|
| 3794 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 3795 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
|---|
| 3796 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 3797 |
|
|---|
| 3798 | if ( isModified() )
|
|---|
| 3799 | setModified( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3800 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 3801 | if ( cursor->index() != oldCursorPos || cursor->paragraph()->paragId() != oldCursorPar ) {
|
|---|
| 3802 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
|---|
| 3803 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 3804 | }
|
|---|
| 3805 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 3806 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
|---|
| 3807 | d->scrollToAnchor = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 3808 | }
|
|---|
| 3809 |
|
|---|
| 3810 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3811 | \property QTextEdit::text
|
|---|
| 3812 | \brief the text edit's text
|
|---|
| 3813 |
|
|---|
| 3814 | There is no default text.
|
|---|
| 3815 |
|
|---|
| 3816 | On setting, any previous text is deleted.
|
|---|
| 3817 |
|
|---|
| 3818 | The text may be interpreted either as plain text or as rich text,
|
|---|
| 3819 | depending on the textFormat(). The default setting is \c AutoText,
|
|---|
| 3820 | i.e. the text edit auto-detects the format of the text.
|
|---|
| 3821 |
|
|---|
| 3822 | For richtext, calling text() on an editable QTextEdit will cause
|
|---|
| 3823 | the text to be regenerated from the textedit. This may mean that
|
|---|
| 3824 | the QString returned may not be exactly the same as the one that
|
|---|
| 3825 | was set.
|
|---|
| 3826 |
|
|---|
| 3827 | \sa textFormat
|
|---|
| 3828 | */
|
|---|
| 3829 |
|
|---|
| 3830 |
|
|---|
| 3831 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3832 | \property QTextEdit::readOnly
|
|---|
| 3833 | \brief whether the text edit is read-only
|
|---|
| 3834 |
|
|---|
| 3835 | In a read-only text edit the user can only navigate through the
|
|---|
| 3836 | text and select text; modifying the text is not possible.
|
|---|
| 3837 |
|
|---|
| 3838 | This property's default is FALSE.
|
|---|
| 3839 | */
|
|---|
| 3840 |
|
|---|
| 3841 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3842 | Finds the next occurrence of the string, \a expr. Returns TRUE if
|
|---|
| 3843 | \a expr was found; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|---|
| 3844 |
|
|---|
| 3845 | If \a para and \a index are both 0 the search begins from the
|
|---|
| 3846 | current cursor position. If \a para and \a index are both not 0,
|
|---|
| 3847 | the search begins from the \a *index character position in the
|
|---|
| 3848 | \a *para paragraph.
|
|---|
| 3849 |
|
|---|
| 3850 | If \a cs is TRUE the search is case sensitive, otherwise it is
|
|---|
| 3851 | case insensitive. If \a wo is TRUE the search looks for whole word
|
|---|
| 3852 | matches only; otherwise it searches for any matching text. If \a
|
|---|
| 3853 | forward is TRUE (the default) the search works forward from the
|
|---|
| 3854 | starting position to the end of the text, otherwise it works
|
|---|
| 3855 | backwards to the beginning of the text.
|
|---|
| 3856 |
|
|---|
| 3857 | If \a expr is found the function returns TRUE. If \a index and \a
|
|---|
| 3858 | para are not 0, the number of the paragraph in which the first
|
|---|
| 3859 | character of the match was found is put into \a *para, and the
|
|---|
| 3860 | index position of that character within the paragraph is put into
|
|---|
| 3861 | \a *index.
|
|---|
| 3862 |
|
|---|
| 3863 | If \a expr is not found the function returns FALSE. If \a index
|
|---|
| 3864 | and \a para are not 0 and \a expr is not found, \a *index
|
|---|
| 3865 | and \a *para are undefined.
|
|---|
| 3866 |
|
|---|
| 3867 | Please note that this function will make the next occurrence of
|
|---|
| 3868 | the string (if found) the current selection, and will thus
|
|---|
| 3869 | modify the cursor position.
|
|---|
| 3870 | */
|
|---|
| 3871 |
|
|---|
| 3872 | bool QTextEdit::find( const QString &expr, bool cs, bool wo, bool forward,
|
|---|
| 3873 | int *para, int *index )
|
|---|
| 3874 | {
|
|---|
| 3875 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3876 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 3877 | return optimFind( expr, cs, wo, forward, para, index );
|
|---|
| 3878 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3879 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3880 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 3881 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 3882 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3883 | QTextCursor findcur = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 3884 | if ( para && index ) {
|
|---|
| 3885 | if ( doc->paragAt( *para ) )
|
|---|
| 3886 | findcur.gotoPosition( doc->paragAt(*para), *index );
|
|---|
| 3887 | else
|
|---|
| 3888 | findcur.gotoEnd();
|
|---|
| 3889 | } else if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ){
|
|---|
| 3890 | // maks sure we do not find the same selection again
|
|---|
| 3891 | if ( forward )
|
|---|
| 3892 | findcur.gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 3893 | else
|
|---|
| 3894 | findcur.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|---|
| 3895 | } else if (!forward && findcur.index() == 0 && findcur.paragraph() == findcur.topParagraph()) {
|
|---|
| 3896 | findcur.gotoEnd();
|
|---|
| 3897 | }
|
|---|
| 3898 | removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 3899 | bool found = doc->find( findcur, expr, cs, wo, forward );
|
|---|
| 3900 | if ( found ) {
|
|---|
| 3901 | if ( para )
|
|---|
| 3902 | *para = findcur.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3903 | if ( index )
|
|---|
| 3904 | *index = findcur.index();
|
|---|
| 3905 | *cursor = findcur;
|
|---|
| 3906 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3907 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 3908 | }
|
|---|
| 3909 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3910 | if (found) {
|
|---|
| 3911 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
|---|
| 3912 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 3913 | }
|
|---|
| 3914 | return found;
|
|---|
| 3915 | }
|
|---|
| 3916 |
|
|---|
| 3917 | void QTextEdit::blinkCursor()
|
|---|
| 3918 | {
|
|---|
| 3919 | if ( !cursorVisible )
|
|---|
| 3920 | return;
|
|---|
| 3921 | bool cv = cursorVisible;
|
|---|
| 3922 | blinkCursorVisible = !blinkCursorVisible;
|
|---|
| 3923 | drawCursor( blinkCursorVisible );
|
|---|
| 3924 | cursorVisible = cv;
|
|---|
| 3925 | }
|
|---|
| 3926 |
|
|---|
| 3927 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3928 | Sets the cursor to position \a index in paragraph \a para.
|
|---|
| 3929 |
|
|---|
| 3930 | \sa getCursorPosition()
|
|---|
| 3931 | */
|
|---|
| 3932 |
|
|---|
| 3933 | void QTextEdit::setCursorPosition( int para, int index )
|
|---|
| 3934 | {
|
|---|
| 3935 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 3936 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 3937 | return;
|
|---|
| 3938 |
|
|---|
| 3939 | if ( index > p->length() - 1 )
|
|---|
| 3940 | index = p->length() - 1;
|
|---|
| 3941 |
|
|---|
| 3942 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 3943 | cursor->setParagraph( p );
|
|---|
| 3944 | cursor->setIndex( index );
|
|---|
| 3945 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 3946 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 3947 | updateCurrentFormat();
|
|---|
| 3948 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
|---|
| 3949 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 3950 | }
|
|---|
| 3951 |
|
|---|
| 3952 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3953 | This function sets the \a *para and \a *index parameters to the
|
|---|
| 3954 | current cursor position. \a para and \a index must not be 0.
|
|---|
| 3955 |
|
|---|
| 3956 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
|---|
| 3957 | */
|
|---|
| 3958 |
|
|---|
| 3959 | void QTextEdit::getCursorPosition( int *para, int *index ) const
|
|---|
| 3960 | {
|
|---|
| 3961 | if ( !para || !index )
|
|---|
| 3962 | return;
|
|---|
| 3963 | *para = cursor->paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 3964 | *index = cursor->index();
|
|---|
| 3965 | }
|
|---|
| 3966 |
|
|---|
| 3967 | /*!
|
|---|
| 3968 | Sets a selection which starts at position \a indexFrom in
|
|---|
| 3969 | paragraph \a paraFrom and ends at position \a indexTo in paragraph
|
|---|
| 3970 | \a paraTo.
|
|---|
| 3971 |
|
|---|
| 3972 | Any existing selections which have a different id (\a selNum) are
|
|---|
| 3973 | left alone, but if an existing selection has the same id as \a
|
|---|
| 3974 | selNum it is removed and replaced by this selection.
|
|---|
| 3975 |
|
|---|
| 3976 | Uses the selection settings of selection \a selNum. If \a selNum
|
|---|
| 3977 | is 0, this is the default selection.
|
|---|
| 3978 |
|
|---|
| 3979 | The cursor is moved to the end of the selection if \a selNum is 0,
|
|---|
| 3980 | otherwise the cursor position remains unchanged.
|
|---|
| 3981 |
|
|---|
| 3982 | \sa getSelection() selectedText
|
|---|
| 3983 | */
|
|---|
| 3984 |
|
|---|
| 3985 | void QTextEdit::setSelection( int paraFrom, int indexFrom,
|
|---|
| 3986 | int paraTo, int indexTo, int selNum )
|
|---|
| 3987 | {
|
|---|
| 3988 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 3989 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
|---|
| 3990 | optimSetSelection(paraFrom, indexFrom, paraTo, indexTo);
|
|---|
| 3991 | repaintContents(FALSE);
|
|---|
| 3992 | return;
|
|---|
| 3993 | }
|
|---|
| 3994 | #endif
|
|---|
| 3995 | if ( doc->hasSelection( selNum ) ) {
|
|---|
| 3996 | doc->removeSelection( selNum );
|
|---|
| 3997 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 3998 | }
|
|---|
| 3999 | if ( selNum > doc->numSelections() - 1 )
|
|---|
| 4000 | doc->addSelection( selNum );
|
|---|
| 4001 | QTextParagraph *p1 = doc->paragAt( paraFrom );
|
|---|
| 4002 | if ( !p1 )
|
|---|
| 4003 | return;
|
|---|
| 4004 | QTextParagraph *p2 = doc->paragAt( paraTo );
|
|---|
| 4005 | if ( !p2 )
|
|---|
| 4006 | return;
|
|---|
| 4007 |
|
|---|
| 4008 | if ( indexFrom > p1->length() - 1 )
|
|---|
| 4009 | indexFrom = p1->length() - 1;
|
|---|
| 4010 | if ( indexTo > p2->length() - 1 )
|
|---|
| 4011 | indexTo = p2->length() - 1;
|
|---|
| 4012 |
|
|---|
| 4013 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 4014 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 4015 | QTextCursor oldCursor = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 4016 | c.setParagraph( p1 );
|
|---|
| 4017 | c.setIndex( indexFrom );
|
|---|
| 4018 | cursor->setParagraph( p2 );
|
|---|
| 4019 | cursor->setIndex( indexTo );
|
|---|
| 4020 | doc->setSelectionStart( selNum, c );
|
|---|
| 4021 | doc->setSelectionEnd( selNum, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 4022 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 4023 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 4024 | if ( selNum != QTextDocument::Standard )
|
|---|
| 4025 | *cursor = oldCursor;
|
|---|
| 4026 | drawCursor( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 4027 | }
|
|---|
| 4028 |
|
|---|
| 4029 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4030 | If there is a selection, \a *paraFrom is set to the number of the
|
|---|
| 4031 | paragraph in which the selection begins and \a *paraTo is set to
|
|---|
| 4032 | the number of the paragraph in which the selection ends. (They
|
|---|
| 4033 | could be the same.) \a *indexFrom is set to the index at which the
|
|---|
| 4034 | selection begins within \a *paraFrom, and \a *indexTo is set to
|
|---|
| 4035 | the index at which the selection ends within \a *paraTo.
|
|---|
| 4036 |
|
|---|
| 4037 | If there is no selection, \a *paraFrom, \a *indexFrom, \a *paraTo
|
|---|
| 4038 | and \a *indexTo are all set to -1.
|
|---|
| 4039 |
|
|---|
| 4040 | If \a paraFrom, \a indexFrom, \a paraTo or \a indexTo is 0 this
|
|---|
| 4041 | function does nothing.
|
|---|
| 4042 |
|
|---|
| 4043 | The \a selNum is the number of the selection (multiple selections
|
|---|
| 4044 | are supported). It defaults to 0 (the default selection).
|
|---|
| 4045 |
|
|---|
| 4046 | \sa setSelection() selectedText
|
|---|
| 4047 | */
|
|---|
| 4048 |
|
|---|
| 4049 | void QTextEdit::getSelection( int *paraFrom, int *indexFrom,
|
|---|
| 4050 | int *paraTo, int *indexTo, int selNum ) const
|
|---|
| 4051 | {
|
|---|
| 4052 | if ( !paraFrom || !paraTo || !indexFrom || !indexTo )
|
|---|
| 4053 | return;
|
|---|
| 4054 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4055 | if (d->optimMode) {
|
|---|
| 4056 | *paraFrom = d->od->selStart.line;
|
|---|
| 4057 | *paraTo = d->od->selEnd.line;
|
|---|
| 4058 | *indexFrom = d->od->selStart.index;
|
|---|
| 4059 | *indexTo = d->od->selEnd.index;
|
|---|
| 4060 | return;
|
|---|
| 4061 | }
|
|---|
| 4062 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4063 | if ( !doc->hasSelection( selNum ) ) {
|
|---|
| 4064 | *paraFrom = -1;
|
|---|
| 4065 | *indexFrom = -1;
|
|---|
| 4066 | *paraTo = -1;
|
|---|
| 4067 | *indexTo = -1;
|
|---|
| 4068 | return;
|
|---|
| 4069 | }
|
|---|
| 4070 |
|
|---|
| 4071 | doc->selectionStart( selNum, *paraFrom, *indexFrom );
|
|---|
| 4072 | doc->selectionEnd( selNum, *paraTo, *indexTo );
|
|---|
| 4073 | }
|
|---|
| 4074 |
|
|---|
| 4075 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4076 | \property QTextEdit::textFormat
|
|---|
| 4077 | \brief the text format: rich text, plain text, log text or auto text.
|
|---|
| 4078 |
|
|---|
| 4079 | The text format is one of the following:
|
|---|
| 4080 | \list
|
|---|
| 4081 | \i PlainText - all characters, except newlines, are displayed
|
|---|
| 4082 | verbatim, including spaces. Whenever a newline appears in the text
|
|---|
| 4083 | the text edit inserts a hard line break and begins a new
|
|---|
| 4084 | paragraph.
|
|---|
| 4085 | \i RichText - rich text rendering. The available styles are
|
|---|
| 4086 | defined in the default stylesheet QStyleSheet::defaultSheet().
|
|---|
| 4087 | \i LogText - optimized mode for very large texts. Supports a very
|
|---|
| 4088 | limited set of formatting tags (color, bold, underline and italic
|
|---|
| 4089 | settings).
|
|---|
| 4090 | \i AutoText - this is the default. The text edit autodetects which
|
|---|
| 4091 | rendering style is best, \c PlainText or \c RichText. This is done
|
|---|
| 4092 | by using the QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText() function.
|
|---|
| 4093 | \endlist
|
|---|
| 4094 | */
|
|---|
| 4095 |
|
|---|
| 4096 | void QTextEdit::setTextFormat( TextFormat format )
|
|---|
| 4097 | {
|
|---|
| 4098 | doc->setTextFormat( format );
|
|---|
| 4099 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4100 | checkOptimMode();
|
|---|
| 4101 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4102 | }
|
|---|
| 4103 |
|
|---|
| 4104 | Qt::TextFormat QTextEdit::textFormat() const
|
|---|
| 4105 | {
|
|---|
| 4106 | return doc->textFormat();
|
|---|
| 4107 | }
|
|---|
| 4108 |
|
|---|
| 4109 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4110 | Returns the number of paragraphs in the text; an empty textedit is always
|
|---|
| 4111 | considered to have one paragraph, so 1 is returned in this case.
|
|---|
| 4112 | */
|
|---|
| 4113 |
|
|---|
| 4114 | int QTextEdit::paragraphs() const
|
|---|
| 4115 | {
|
|---|
| 4116 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4117 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 4118 | return d->od->numLines;
|
|---|
| 4119 | }
|
|---|
| 4120 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4121 | return doc->lastParagraph()->paragId() + 1;
|
|---|
| 4122 | }
|
|---|
| 4123 |
|
|---|
| 4124 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4125 | Returns the number of lines in paragraph \a para, or -1 if there
|
|---|
| 4126 | is no paragraph with index \a para.
|
|---|
| 4127 | */
|
|---|
| 4128 |
|
|---|
| 4129 | int QTextEdit::linesOfParagraph( int para ) const
|
|---|
| 4130 | {
|
|---|
| 4131 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4132 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 4133 | if ( d->od->numLines >= para )
|
|---|
| 4134 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 4135 | else
|
|---|
| 4136 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4137 | }
|
|---|
| 4138 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4139 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 4140 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 4141 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4142 | return p->lines();
|
|---|
| 4143 | }
|
|---|
| 4144 |
|
|---|
| 4145 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4146 | Returns the length of the paragraph \a para (i.e. the number of
|
|---|
| 4147 | characters), or -1 if there is no paragraph with index \a para.
|
|---|
| 4148 |
|
|---|
| 4149 | This function ignores newlines.
|
|---|
| 4150 | */
|
|---|
| 4151 |
|
|---|
| 4152 | int QTextEdit::paragraphLength( int para ) const
|
|---|
| 4153 | {
|
|---|
| 4154 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4155 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 4156 | if ( d->od->numLines >= para ) {
|
|---|
| 4157 | if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ].isEmpty() ) // CR
|
|---|
| 4158 | return 1;
|
|---|
| 4159 | else
|
|---|
| 4160 | return d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(para) ].length();
|
|---|
| 4161 | }
|
|---|
| 4162 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4163 | }
|
|---|
| 4164 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4165 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 4166 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 4167 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4168 | return p->length() - 1;
|
|---|
| 4169 | }
|
|---|
| 4170 |
|
|---|
| 4171 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4172 | Returns the number of lines in the text edit; this could be 0.
|
|---|
| 4173 |
|
|---|
| 4174 | \warning This function may be slow. Lines change all the time
|
|---|
| 4175 | during word wrapping, so this function has to iterate over all the
|
|---|
| 4176 | paragraphs and get the number of lines from each one individually.
|
|---|
| 4177 | */
|
|---|
| 4178 |
|
|---|
| 4179 | int QTextEdit::lines() const
|
|---|
| 4180 | {
|
|---|
| 4181 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4182 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 4183 | return d->od->numLines;
|
|---|
| 4184 | }
|
|---|
| 4185 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4186 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 4187 | int l = 0;
|
|---|
| 4188 | while ( p ) {
|
|---|
| 4189 | l += p->lines();
|
|---|
| 4190 | p = p->next();
|
|---|
| 4191 | }
|
|---|
| 4192 |
|
|---|
| 4193 | return l;
|
|---|
| 4194 | }
|
|---|
| 4195 |
|
|---|
| 4196 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4197 | Returns the line number of the line in paragraph \a para in which
|
|---|
| 4198 | the character at position \a index appears. The \a index position is
|
|---|
| 4199 | relative to the beginning of the paragraph. If there is no such
|
|---|
| 4200 | paragraph or no such character at the \a index position (e.g. the
|
|---|
| 4201 | index is out of range) -1 is returned.
|
|---|
| 4202 | */
|
|---|
| 4203 |
|
|---|
| 4204 | int QTextEdit::lineOfChar( int para, int index )
|
|---|
| 4205 | {
|
|---|
| 4206 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 4207 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 4208 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4209 |
|
|---|
| 4210 | int idx, line;
|
|---|
| 4211 | QTextStringChar *c = p->lineStartOfChar( index, &idx, &line );
|
|---|
| 4212 | if ( !c )
|
|---|
| 4213 | return -1;
|
|---|
| 4214 |
|
|---|
| 4215 | return line;
|
|---|
| 4216 | }
|
|---|
| 4217 |
|
|---|
| 4218 | void QTextEdit::setModified( bool m )
|
|---|
| 4219 | {
|
|---|
| 4220 | bool oldModified = modified;
|
|---|
| 4221 | modified = m;
|
|---|
| 4222 | if ( modified && doc->oTextValid )
|
|---|
| 4223 | doc->invalidateOriginalText();
|
|---|
| 4224 | if ( oldModified != modified )
|
|---|
| 4225 | emit modificationChanged( modified );
|
|---|
| 4226 | }
|
|---|
| 4227 |
|
|---|
| 4228 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4229 | \property QTextEdit::modified
|
|---|
| 4230 | \brief whether the document has been modified by the user
|
|---|
| 4231 | */
|
|---|
| 4232 |
|
|---|
| 4233 | bool QTextEdit::isModified() const
|
|---|
| 4234 | {
|
|---|
| 4235 | return modified;
|
|---|
| 4236 | }
|
|---|
| 4237 |
|
|---|
| 4238 | void QTextEdit::setModified()
|
|---|
| 4239 | {
|
|---|
| 4240 | if ( !isModified() )
|
|---|
| 4241 | setModified( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 4242 | }
|
|---|
| 4243 |
|
|---|
| 4244 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4245 | Returns TRUE if the current format is italic; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|---|
| 4246 |
|
|---|
| 4247 | \sa setItalic()
|
|---|
| 4248 | */
|
|---|
| 4249 |
|
|---|
| 4250 | bool QTextEdit::italic() const
|
|---|
| 4251 | {
|
|---|
| 4252 | return currentFormat->font().italic();
|
|---|
| 4253 | }
|
|---|
| 4254 |
|
|---|
| 4255 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4256 | Returns TRUE if the current format is bold; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|---|
| 4257 |
|
|---|
| 4258 | \sa setBold()
|
|---|
| 4259 | */
|
|---|
| 4260 |
|
|---|
| 4261 | bool QTextEdit::bold() const
|
|---|
| 4262 | {
|
|---|
| 4263 | return currentFormat->font().bold();
|
|---|
| 4264 | }
|
|---|
| 4265 |
|
|---|
| 4266 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4267 | Returns TRUE if the current format is underlined; otherwise returns
|
|---|
| 4268 | FALSE.
|
|---|
| 4269 |
|
|---|
| 4270 | \sa setUnderline()
|
|---|
| 4271 | */
|
|---|
| 4272 |
|
|---|
| 4273 | bool QTextEdit::underline() const
|
|---|
| 4274 | {
|
|---|
| 4275 | return currentFormat->font().underline();
|
|---|
| 4276 | }
|
|---|
| 4277 |
|
|---|
| 4278 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4279 | Returns the font family of the current format.
|
|---|
| 4280 |
|
|---|
| 4281 | \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
|
|---|
| 4282 | */
|
|---|
| 4283 |
|
|---|
| 4284 | QString QTextEdit::family() const
|
|---|
| 4285 | {
|
|---|
| 4286 | return currentFormat->font().family();
|
|---|
| 4287 | }
|
|---|
| 4288 |
|
|---|
| 4289 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4290 | Returns the point size of the font of the current format.
|
|---|
| 4291 |
|
|---|
| 4292 | \sa setFamily() setCurrentFont() setPointSize()
|
|---|
| 4293 | */
|
|---|
| 4294 |
|
|---|
| 4295 | int QTextEdit::pointSize() const
|
|---|
| 4296 | {
|
|---|
| 4297 | return currentFormat->font().pointSize();
|
|---|
| 4298 | }
|
|---|
| 4299 |
|
|---|
| 4300 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4301 | Returns the color of the current format.
|
|---|
| 4302 |
|
|---|
| 4303 | \sa setColor() setPaper()
|
|---|
| 4304 | */
|
|---|
| 4305 |
|
|---|
| 4306 | QColor QTextEdit::color() const
|
|---|
| 4307 | {
|
|---|
| 4308 | return currentFormat->color();
|
|---|
| 4309 | }
|
|---|
| 4310 |
|
|---|
| 4311 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4312 | \obsolete
|
|---|
| 4313 |
|
|---|
| 4314 | Returns QScrollView::font()
|
|---|
| 4315 |
|
|---|
| 4316 | \warning In previous versions this function returned the font of
|
|---|
| 4317 | the current format. This lead to confusion. Please use
|
|---|
| 4318 | currentFont() instead.
|
|---|
| 4319 | */
|
|---|
| 4320 |
|
|---|
| 4321 | QFont QTextEdit::font() const
|
|---|
| 4322 | {
|
|---|
| 4323 | return QScrollView::font();
|
|---|
| 4324 | }
|
|---|
| 4325 |
|
|---|
| 4326 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4327 | Returns the font of the current format.
|
|---|
| 4328 |
|
|---|
| 4329 | \sa setCurrentFont() setFamily() setPointSize()
|
|---|
| 4330 | */
|
|---|
| 4331 |
|
|---|
| 4332 | QFont QTextEdit::currentFont() const
|
|---|
| 4333 | {
|
|---|
| 4334 | return currentFormat->font();
|
|---|
| 4335 | }
|
|---|
| 4336 |
|
|---|
| 4337 |
|
|---|
| 4338 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4339 | Returns the alignment of the current paragraph.
|
|---|
| 4340 |
|
|---|
| 4341 | \sa setAlignment()
|
|---|
| 4342 | */
|
|---|
| 4343 |
|
|---|
| 4344 | int QTextEdit::alignment() const
|
|---|
| 4345 | {
|
|---|
| 4346 | return currentAlignment;
|
|---|
| 4347 | }
|
|---|
| 4348 |
|
|---|
| 4349 | void QTextEdit::startDrag()
|
|---|
| 4350 | {
|
|---|
| 4351 | #ifndef QT_NO_DRAGANDDROP
|
|---|
| 4352 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4353 | inDoubleClick = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4354 | QDragObject *drag = dragObject( viewport() );
|
|---|
| 4355 | if ( !drag )
|
|---|
| 4356 | return;
|
|---|
| 4357 | if ( isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 4358 | drag->dragCopy();
|
|---|
| 4359 | } else {
|
|---|
| 4360 | if ( drag->drag() && QDragObject::target() != this && QDragObject::target() != viewport() )
|
|---|
| 4361 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 4362 | }
|
|---|
| 4363 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4364 | }
|
|---|
| 4365 |
|
|---|
| 4366 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4367 | If \a select is TRUE (the default), all the text is selected as
|
|---|
| 4368 | selection 0. If \a select is FALSE any selected text is
|
|---|
| 4369 | unselected, i.e. the default selection (selection 0) is cleared.
|
|---|
| 4370 |
|
|---|
| 4371 | \sa selectedText
|
|---|
| 4372 | */
|
|---|
| 4373 |
|
|---|
| 4374 | void QTextEdit::selectAll( bool select )
|
|---|
| 4375 | {
|
|---|
| 4376 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4377 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 4378 | if ( select )
|
|---|
| 4379 | optimSelectAll();
|
|---|
| 4380 | else
|
|---|
| 4381 | optimRemoveSelection();
|
|---|
| 4382 | return;
|
|---|
| 4383 | }
|
|---|
| 4384 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4385 | if ( !select )
|
|---|
| 4386 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 4387 | else
|
|---|
| 4388 | doc->selectAll( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 4389 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 4390 | emit copyAvailable( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) );
|
|---|
| 4391 | emit selectionChanged();
|
|---|
| 4392 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 4393 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 4394 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4395 | }
|
|---|
| 4396 |
|
|---|
| 4397 | void QTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::clear()
|
|---|
| 4398 | {
|
|---|
| 4399 | if ( valid() ) {
|
|---|
| 4400 | if ( type == Insert || type == Return )
|
|---|
| 4401 | doc->addCommand( new QTextInsertCommand( doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation ) );
|
|---|
| 4402 | else if ( type == Format )
|
|---|
| 4403 | doc->addCommand( new QTextFormatCommand( doc, id, index, eid, eindex, d->text.rawData(), format, flags ) );
|
|---|
| 4404 | else if ( type == Style )
|
|---|
| 4405 | doc->addCommand( new QTextStyleCommand( doc, id, eid, styleInformation ) );
|
|---|
| 4406 | else if ( type != Invalid ) {
|
|---|
| 4407 | doc->addCommand( new QTextDeleteCommand( doc, id, index, d->text.rawData(), styleInformation ) );
|
|---|
| 4408 | }
|
|---|
| 4409 | }
|
|---|
| 4410 | type = Invalid;
|
|---|
| 4411 | d->text = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 4412 | id = -1;
|
|---|
| 4413 | index = -1;
|
|---|
| 4414 | styleInformation = QByteArray();
|
|---|
| 4415 | }
|
|---|
| 4416 |
|
|---|
| 4417 |
|
|---|
| 4418 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4419 | If there is some selected text (in selection 0) it is deleted. If
|
|---|
| 4420 | there is no selected text (in selection 0) the character to the
|
|---|
| 4421 | right of the text cursor is deleted.
|
|---|
| 4422 |
|
|---|
| 4423 | \sa removeSelectedText() cut()
|
|---|
| 4424 | */
|
|---|
| 4425 |
|
|---|
| 4426 | void QTextEdit::del()
|
|---|
| 4427 | {
|
|---|
| 4428 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 4429 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 4430 | return;
|
|---|
| 4431 | }
|
|---|
| 4432 |
|
|---|
| 4433 | doKeyboardAction( ActionDelete );
|
|---|
| 4434 | }
|
|---|
| 4435 |
|
|---|
| 4436 |
|
|---|
| 4437 | QTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::UndoRedoInfo( QTextDocument *dc )
|
|---|
| 4438 | : type( Invalid ), doc( dc )
|
|---|
| 4439 | {
|
|---|
| 4440 | d = new QUndoRedoInfoPrivate;
|
|---|
| 4441 | d->text = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 4442 | id = -1;
|
|---|
| 4443 | index = -1;
|
|---|
| 4444 | }
|
|---|
| 4445 |
|
|---|
| 4446 | QTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::~UndoRedoInfo()
|
|---|
| 4447 | {
|
|---|
| 4448 | delete d;
|
|---|
| 4449 | }
|
|---|
| 4450 |
|
|---|
| 4451 | bool QTextEdit::UndoRedoInfo::valid() const
|
|---|
| 4452 | {
|
|---|
| 4453 | return id >= 0 && type != Invalid;
|
|---|
| 4454 | }
|
|---|
| 4455 |
|
|---|
| 4456 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4457 | \internal
|
|---|
| 4458 |
|
|---|
| 4459 | Resets the current format to the default format.
|
|---|
| 4460 | */
|
|---|
| 4461 |
|
|---|
| 4462 | void QTextEdit::resetFormat()
|
|---|
| 4463 | {
|
|---|
| 4464 | setAlignment( Qt::AlignAuto );
|
|---|
| 4465 | setParagType( QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock, QStyleSheetItem::ListDisc );
|
|---|
| 4466 | setFormat( doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat(), QTextFormat::Format );
|
|---|
| 4467 | }
|
|---|
| 4468 |
|
|---|
| 4469 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4470 | Returns the QStyleSheet which is being used by this text edit.
|
|---|
| 4471 |
|
|---|
| 4472 | \sa setStyleSheet()
|
|---|
| 4473 | */
|
|---|
| 4474 |
|
|---|
| 4475 | QStyleSheet* QTextEdit::styleSheet() const
|
|---|
| 4476 | {
|
|---|
| 4477 | return doc->styleSheet();
|
|---|
| 4478 | }
|
|---|
| 4479 |
|
|---|
| 4480 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4481 | Sets the stylesheet to use with this text edit to \a styleSheet.
|
|---|
| 4482 | Changes will only take effect for new text added with setText() or
|
|---|
| 4483 | append().
|
|---|
| 4484 |
|
|---|
| 4485 | \sa styleSheet()
|
|---|
| 4486 | */
|
|---|
| 4487 |
|
|---|
| 4488 | void QTextEdit::setStyleSheet( QStyleSheet* styleSheet )
|
|---|
| 4489 | {
|
|---|
| 4490 | doc->setStyleSheet( styleSheet );
|
|---|
| 4491 | }
|
|---|
| 4492 |
|
|---|
| 4493 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4494 | \property QTextEdit::paper
|
|---|
| 4495 | \brief the background (paper) brush.
|
|---|
| 4496 |
|
|---|
| 4497 | The brush that is currently used to draw the background of the
|
|---|
| 4498 | text edit. The initial setting is an empty brush.
|
|---|
| 4499 | */
|
|---|
| 4500 |
|
|---|
| 4501 | void QTextEdit::setPaper( const QBrush& pap )
|
|---|
| 4502 | {
|
|---|
| 4503 | doc->setPaper( new QBrush( pap ) );
|
|---|
| 4504 | setPaletteBackgroundColor( pap.color() );
|
|---|
| 4505 | viewport()->setPaletteBackgroundColor( pap.color() );
|
|---|
| 4506 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4507 | // force a repaint of the entire viewport - using updateContents()
|
|---|
| 4508 | // would clip the coords to the content size
|
|---|
| 4509 | if (d->optimMode)
|
|---|
| 4510 | repaintContents(contentsX(), contentsY(), viewport()->width(), viewport()->height());
|
|---|
| 4511 | else
|
|---|
| 4512 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4513 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 4514 | }
|
|---|
| 4515 |
|
|---|
| 4516 | QBrush QTextEdit::paper() const
|
|---|
| 4517 | {
|
|---|
| 4518 | if ( doc->paper() )
|
|---|
| 4519 | return *doc->paper();
|
|---|
| 4520 | return QBrush( colorGroup().base() );
|
|---|
| 4521 | }
|
|---|
| 4522 |
|
|---|
| 4523 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4524 | \property QTextEdit::linkUnderline
|
|---|
| 4525 | \brief whether hypertext links will be underlined
|
|---|
| 4526 |
|
|---|
| 4527 | If TRUE (the default) hypertext links will be displayed
|
|---|
| 4528 | underlined. If FALSE links will not be displayed underlined.
|
|---|
| 4529 | */
|
|---|
| 4530 |
|
|---|
| 4531 | void QTextEdit::setLinkUnderline( bool b )
|
|---|
| 4532 | {
|
|---|
| 4533 | if ( doc->underlineLinks() == b )
|
|---|
| 4534 | return;
|
|---|
| 4535 | doc->setUnderlineLinks( b );
|
|---|
| 4536 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 4537 | }
|
|---|
| 4538 |
|
|---|
| 4539 | bool QTextEdit::linkUnderline() const
|
|---|
| 4540 | {
|
|---|
| 4541 | return doc->underlineLinks();
|
|---|
| 4542 | }
|
|---|
| 4543 |
|
|---|
| 4544 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4545 | Sets the text edit's mimesource factory to \a factory. See
|
|---|
| 4546 | QMimeSourceFactory for further details.
|
|---|
| 4547 |
|
|---|
| 4548 | \sa mimeSourceFactory()
|
|---|
| 4549 | */
|
|---|
| 4550 |
|
|---|
| 4551 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 4552 | void QTextEdit::setMimeSourceFactory( QMimeSourceFactory* factory )
|
|---|
| 4553 | {
|
|---|
| 4554 | doc->setMimeSourceFactory( factory );
|
|---|
| 4555 | }
|
|---|
| 4556 |
|
|---|
| 4557 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4558 | Returns the QMimeSourceFactory which is being used by this text
|
|---|
| 4559 | edit.
|
|---|
| 4560 |
|
|---|
| 4561 | \sa setMimeSourceFactory()
|
|---|
| 4562 | */
|
|---|
| 4563 |
|
|---|
| 4564 | QMimeSourceFactory* QTextEdit::mimeSourceFactory() const
|
|---|
| 4565 | {
|
|---|
| 4566 | return doc->mimeSourceFactory();
|
|---|
| 4567 | }
|
|---|
| 4568 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4569 |
|
|---|
| 4570 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4571 | Returns how many pixels high the text edit needs to be to display
|
|---|
| 4572 | all the text if the text edit is \a w pixels wide.
|
|---|
| 4573 | */
|
|---|
| 4574 |
|
|---|
| 4575 | int QTextEdit::heightForWidth( int w ) const
|
|---|
| 4576 | {
|
|---|
| 4577 | int oldw = doc->width();
|
|---|
| 4578 | doc->doLayout( 0, w );
|
|---|
| 4579 | int h = doc->height();
|
|---|
| 4580 | doc->setWidth( oldw );
|
|---|
| 4581 | doc->invalidate();
|
|---|
| 4582 | ( (QTextEdit*)this )->formatMore();
|
|---|
| 4583 | return h;
|
|---|
| 4584 | }
|
|---|
| 4585 |
|
|---|
| 4586 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4587 | Appends a new paragraph with \a text to the end of the text edit. Note that
|
|---|
| 4588 | the undo/redo history is cleared by this function, and no undo
|
|---|
| 4589 | history is kept for appends which makes them faster than
|
|---|
| 4590 | insert()s. If you want to append text which is added to the
|
|---|
| 4591 | undo/redo history as well, use insertParagraph().
|
|---|
| 4592 | */
|
|---|
| 4593 |
|
|---|
| 4594 | void QTextEdit::append( const QString &text )
|
|---|
| 4595 | {
|
|---|
| 4596 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4597 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 4598 | optimAppend( text );
|
|---|
| 4599 | return;
|
|---|
| 4600 | }
|
|---|
| 4601 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4602 | // flush and clear the undo/redo stack if necessary
|
|---|
| 4603 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|---|
| 4604 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
|---|
| 4605 |
|
|---|
| 4606 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 4607 | TextFormat f = doc->textFormat();
|
|---|
| 4608 | if ( f == AutoText ) {
|
|---|
| 4609 | if ( QStyleSheet::mightBeRichText( text ) )
|
|---|
| 4610 | f = RichText;
|
|---|
| 4611 | else
|
|---|
| 4612 | f = PlainText;
|
|---|
| 4613 | }
|
|---|
| 4614 |
|
|---|
| 4615 | drawCursor( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 4616 | QTextCursor oldc( *cursor );
|
|---|
| 4617 | ensureFormatted( doc->lastParagraph() );
|
|---|
| 4618 | bool atBottom = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
|
|---|
| 4619 | cursor->gotoEnd();
|
|---|
| 4620 | if ( cursor->index() > 0 )
|
|---|
| 4621 | cursor->splitAndInsertEmptyParagraph();
|
|---|
| 4622 | QTextCursor oldCursor2 = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 4623 |
|
|---|
| 4624 | if ( f == Qt::PlainText ) {
|
|---|
| 4625 | cursor->insert( text, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 4626 | if ( doc->useFormatCollection() && !doc->preProcessor() &&
|
|---|
| 4627 | currentFormat != cursor->paragraph()->at( cursor->index() )->format() ) {
|
|---|
| 4628 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, oldCursor2 );
|
|---|
| 4629 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 4630 | doc->setFormat( QTextDocument::Temp, currentFormat, QTextFormat::Format );
|
|---|
| 4631 | doc->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 4632 | }
|
|---|
| 4633 | } else {
|
|---|
| 4634 | cursor->paragraph()->setListItem( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 4635 | cursor->paragraph()->setListDepth( 0 );
|
|---|
| 4636 | if ( cursor->paragraph()->prev() )
|
|---|
| 4637 | cursor->paragraph()->prev()->invalidate(0); // vertical margins might have to change
|
|---|
| 4638 | doc->setRichTextInternal( text );
|
|---|
| 4639 | }
|
|---|
| 4640 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 4641 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 4642 | if ( atBottom )
|
|---|
| 4643 | scrollToBottom();
|
|---|
| 4644 | *cursor = oldc;
|
|---|
| 4645 | if ( !isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 4646 | cursorVisible = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 4647 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 4648 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 4649 | }
|
|---|
| 4650 |
|
|---|
| 4651 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4652 | \property QTextEdit::hasSelectedText
|
|---|
| 4653 | \brief whether some text is selected in selection 0
|
|---|
| 4654 | */
|
|---|
| 4655 |
|
|---|
| 4656 | bool QTextEdit::hasSelectedText() const
|
|---|
| 4657 | {
|
|---|
| 4658 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4659 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 4660 | return optimHasSelection();
|
|---|
| 4661 | else
|
|---|
| 4662 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4663 | return doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 4664 | }
|
|---|
| 4665 |
|
|---|
| 4666 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4667 | \property QTextEdit::selectedText
|
|---|
| 4668 | \brief The selected text (from selection 0) or an empty string if
|
|---|
| 4669 | there is no currently selected text (in selection 0).
|
|---|
| 4670 |
|
|---|
| 4671 | The text is always returned as \c PlainText if the textFormat() is
|
|---|
| 4672 | \c PlainText or \c AutoText, otherwise it is returned as HTML.
|
|---|
| 4673 |
|
|---|
| 4674 | \sa hasSelectedText
|
|---|
| 4675 | */
|
|---|
| 4676 |
|
|---|
| 4677 | QString QTextEdit::selectedText() const
|
|---|
| 4678 | {
|
|---|
| 4679 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 4680 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 4681 | return optimSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 4682 | else
|
|---|
| 4683 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4684 | return doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Standard, textFormat() == RichText );
|
|---|
| 4685 | }
|
|---|
| 4686 |
|
|---|
| 4687 | bool QTextEdit::handleReadOnlyKeyEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
|
|---|
| 4688 | {
|
|---|
| 4689 | switch( e->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 4690 | case Key_Down:
|
|---|
| 4691 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() + 10 );
|
|---|
| 4692 | break;
|
|---|
| 4693 | case Key_Up:
|
|---|
| 4694 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() - 10 );
|
|---|
| 4695 | break;
|
|---|
| 4696 | case Key_Left:
|
|---|
| 4697 | setContentsPos( contentsX() - 10, contentsY() );
|
|---|
| 4698 | break;
|
|---|
| 4699 | case Key_Right:
|
|---|
| 4700 | setContentsPos( contentsX() + 10, contentsY() );
|
|---|
| 4701 | break;
|
|---|
| 4702 | case Key_PageUp:
|
|---|
| 4703 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() - visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 4704 | break;
|
|---|
| 4705 | case Key_PageDown:
|
|---|
| 4706 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsY() + visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 4707 | break;
|
|---|
| 4708 | case Key_Home:
|
|---|
| 4709 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), 0 );
|
|---|
| 4710 | break;
|
|---|
| 4711 | case Key_End:
|
|---|
| 4712 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 4713 | break;
|
|---|
| 4714 | case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
|---|
| 4715 | copy();
|
|---|
| 4716 | break;
|
|---|
| 4717 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
|---|
| 4718 | case Key_Return:
|
|---|
| 4719 | case Key_Enter:
|
|---|
| 4720 | case Key_Space: {
|
|---|
| 4721 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()
|
|---|
| 4722 | || !doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
|
|---|
| 4723 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.href.isEmpty()) {
|
|---|
| 4724 | QUrl u( doc->context(), doc->focusIndicator.href, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 4725 | emitLinkClicked( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
|
|---|
| 4726 | }
|
|---|
| 4727 | if (!doc->focusIndicator.name.isEmpty()) {
|
|---|
| 4728 | #ifndef QT_NO_TEXTBROWSER
|
|---|
| 4729 | if (::qt_cast<QTextBrowser*>(this)) { // change for 4.0
|
|---|
| 4730 | QConnectionList *clist = receivers(
|
|---|
| 4731 | "anchorClicked(const QString&,const QString&)");
|
|---|
| 4732 | if (!signalsBlocked() && clist) {
|
|---|
| 4733 | QUObject o[3];
|
|---|
| 4734 | static_QUType_QString.set(o+1,
|
|---|
| 4735 | doc->focusIndicator.name);
|
|---|
| 4736 | static_QUType_QString.set(o+2,
|
|---|
| 4737 | doc->focusIndicator.href);
|
|---|
| 4738 | activate_signal( clist, o);
|
|---|
| 4739 | }
|
|---|
| 4740 | }
|
|---|
| 4741 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4742 | }
|
|---|
| 4743 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 4744 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 4745 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4746 | }
|
|---|
| 4747 | } break;
|
|---|
| 4748 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4749 | default:
|
|---|
| 4750 | if ( e->state() & ControlButton ) {
|
|---|
| 4751 | switch ( e->key() ) {
|
|---|
| 4752 | case Key_C: case Key_F16: // Copy key on Sun keyboards
|
|---|
| 4753 | copy();
|
|---|
| 4754 | break;
|
|---|
| 4755 | #if defined (Q_WS_WIN) || defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 4756 | case Key_Insert:
|
|---|
| 4757 | copy();
|
|---|
| 4758 | break;
|
|---|
| 4759 | case Key_A:
|
|---|
| 4760 | selectAll();
|
|---|
| 4761 | break;
|
|---|
| 4762 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4763 | }
|
|---|
| 4764 |
|
|---|
| 4765 | }
|
|---|
| 4766 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 4767 | }
|
|---|
| 4768 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 4769 | }
|
|---|
| 4770 |
|
|---|
| 4771 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4772 | Returns the context of the text edit. The context is a path which
|
|---|
| 4773 | the text edit's QMimeSourceFactory uses to resolve the locations
|
|---|
| 4774 | of files and images.
|
|---|
| 4775 |
|
|---|
| 4776 | \sa text
|
|---|
| 4777 | */
|
|---|
| 4778 |
|
|---|
| 4779 | QString QTextEdit::context() const
|
|---|
| 4780 | {
|
|---|
| 4781 | return doc->context();
|
|---|
| 4782 | }
|
|---|
| 4783 |
|
|---|
| 4784 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4785 | \property QTextEdit::documentTitle
|
|---|
| 4786 | \brief the title of the document parsed from the text.
|
|---|
| 4787 |
|
|---|
| 4788 | For \c PlainText the title will be an empty string. For \c
|
|---|
| 4789 | RichText the title will be the text between the \c{<title>} tags,
|
|---|
| 4790 | if present, otherwise an empty string.
|
|---|
| 4791 | */
|
|---|
| 4792 |
|
|---|
| 4793 | QString QTextEdit::documentTitle() const
|
|---|
| 4794 | {
|
|---|
| 4795 | return doc->attributes()[ "title" ];
|
|---|
| 4796 | }
|
|---|
| 4797 |
|
|---|
| 4798 | void QTextEdit::makeParagVisible( QTextParagraph *p )
|
|---|
| 4799 | {
|
|---|
| 4800 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), QMIN( p->rect().y(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
|
|---|
| 4801 | }
|
|---|
| 4802 |
|
|---|
| 4803 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4804 | Scrolls the text edit to make the text at the anchor called \a
|
|---|
| 4805 | name visible, if it can be found in the document. If the anchor
|
|---|
| 4806 | isn't found no scrolling will occur. An anchor is defined using
|
|---|
| 4807 | the HTML anchor tag, e.g. \c{<a name="target">}.
|
|---|
| 4808 | */
|
|---|
| 4809 |
|
|---|
| 4810 | void QTextEdit::scrollToAnchor( const QString& name )
|
|---|
| 4811 | {
|
|---|
| 4812 | if ( !isVisible() ) {
|
|---|
| 4813 | d->scrollToAnchor = name;
|
|---|
| 4814 | return;
|
|---|
| 4815 | }
|
|---|
| 4816 | if ( name.isEmpty() )
|
|---|
| 4817 | return;
|
|---|
| 4818 | sync();
|
|---|
| 4819 | QTextCursor cursor( doc );
|
|---|
| 4820 | QTextParagraph* last = doc->lastParagraph();
|
|---|
| 4821 | for (;;) {
|
|---|
| 4822 | QTextStringChar* c = cursor.paragraph()->at( cursor.index() );
|
|---|
| 4823 | if( c->isAnchor() ) {
|
|---|
| 4824 | QString a = c->anchorName();
|
|---|
| 4825 | if ( a == name ||
|
|---|
| 4826 | (a.contains( '#' ) && QStringList::split( '#', a ).contains( name ) ) ) {
|
|---|
| 4827 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), QMIN( cursor.paragraph()->rect().top() + cursor.totalOffsetY(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() ) );
|
|---|
| 4828 | break;
|
|---|
| 4829 | }
|
|---|
| 4830 | }
|
|---|
| 4831 | if ( cursor.paragraph() == last && cursor.atParagEnd() )
|
|---|
| 4832 | break;
|
|---|
| 4833 | cursor.gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 4834 | }
|
|---|
| 4835 | }
|
|---|
| 4836 |
|
|---|
| 4837 | #if (QT_VERSION-0 >= 0x040000)
|
|---|
| 4838 | #error "function anchorAt(const QPoint& pos) should be merged into function anchorAt(const QPoint& pos, AnchorAttribute attr)"
|
|---|
| 4839 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4840 |
|
|---|
| 4841 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4842 | \overload
|
|---|
| 4843 |
|
|---|
| 4844 | If there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
|
|---|
| 4845 | coordinates), its \c href is returned, otherwise QString::null is
|
|---|
| 4846 | returned.
|
|---|
| 4847 | */
|
|---|
| 4848 |
|
|---|
| 4849 | QString QTextEdit::anchorAt( const QPoint& pos )
|
|---|
| 4850 | {
|
|---|
| 4851 | return anchorAt(pos, AnchorHref);
|
|---|
| 4852 | }
|
|---|
| 4853 |
|
|---|
| 4854 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4855 | If there is an anchor at position \a pos (in contents
|
|---|
| 4856 | coordinates), the text for attribute \a attr is returned,
|
|---|
| 4857 | otherwise QString::null is returned.
|
|---|
| 4858 | */
|
|---|
| 4859 |
|
|---|
| 4860 | QString QTextEdit::anchorAt( const QPoint& pos, AnchorAttribute attr )
|
|---|
| 4861 | {
|
|---|
| 4862 | QTextCursor c( doc );
|
|---|
| 4863 | placeCursor( pos, &c );
|
|---|
| 4864 | switch(attr) {
|
|---|
| 4865 | case AnchorName:
|
|---|
| 4866 | return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
|
|---|
| 4867 | case AnchorHref:
|
|---|
| 4868 | return c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
|
|---|
| 4869 | }
|
|---|
| 4870 | // incase the compiler is really dumb about determining if a function
|
|---|
| 4871 | // returns something :)
|
|---|
| 4872 | return QString::null;
|
|---|
| 4873 | }
|
|---|
| 4874 |
|
|---|
| 4875 | void QTextEdit::documentWidthChanged( int w )
|
|---|
| 4876 | {
|
|---|
| 4877 | resizeContents( QMAX( visibleWidth(), w), contentsHeight() );
|
|---|
| 4878 | }
|
|---|
| 4879 |
|
|---|
| 4880 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 4881 |
|
|---|
| 4882 | This function does nothing
|
|---|
| 4883 | */
|
|---|
| 4884 |
|
|---|
| 4885 | void QTextEdit::updateStyles()
|
|---|
| 4886 | {
|
|---|
| 4887 | }
|
|---|
| 4888 |
|
|---|
| 4889 | void QTextEdit::setDocument( QTextDocument *dc )
|
|---|
| 4890 | {
|
|---|
| 4891 | if ( dc == doc )
|
|---|
| 4892 | return;
|
|---|
| 4893 | doc = dc;
|
|---|
| 4894 | delete cursor;
|
|---|
| 4895 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
|---|
| 4896 | clearUndoRedo();
|
|---|
| 4897 | undoRedoInfo.doc = doc;
|
|---|
| 4898 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
|---|
| 4899 | }
|
|---|
| 4900 |
|
|---|
| 4901 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 4902 |
|
|---|
| 4903 | /*!
|
|---|
| 4904 | Pastes the text with format \a subtype from the clipboard into the
|
|---|
| 4905 | text edit at the current cursor position. The \a subtype can be
|
|---|
| 4906 | "plain" or "html".
|
|---|
| 4907 |
|
|---|
| 4908 | If there is no text with format \a subtype in the clipboard
|
|---|
| 4909 | nothing happens.
|
|---|
| 4910 |
|
|---|
| 4911 | \sa paste() cut() QTextEdit::copy()
|
|---|
| 4912 | */
|
|---|
| 4913 |
|
|---|
| 4914 | void QTextEdit::pasteSubType( const QCString &subtype )
|
|---|
| 4915 | {
|
|---|
| 4916 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 4917 | QMimeSource *m = QApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode );
|
|---|
| 4918 | pasteSubType( subtype, m );
|
|---|
| 4919 | #endif
|
|---|
| 4920 | }
|
|---|
| 4921 |
|
|---|
| 4922 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 4923 |
|
|---|
| 4924 | void QTextEdit::pasteSubType( const QCString& subtype, QMimeSource *m )
|
|---|
| 4925 | {
|
|---|
| 4926 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 4927 | QCString st = subtype;
|
|---|
| 4928 | if ( subtype != "x-qrichtext" )
|
|---|
| 4929 | st.prepend( "text/" );
|
|---|
| 4930 | else
|
|---|
| 4931 | st.prepend( "application/" );
|
|---|
| 4932 | if ( !m )
|
|---|
| 4933 | return;
|
|---|
| 4934 | if ( doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) )
|
|---|
| 4935 | removeSelectedText();
|
|---|
| 4936 | if ( !QRichTextDrag::canDecode( m ) )
|
|---|
| 4937 | return;
|
|---|
| 4938 | QString t;
|
|---|
| 4939 | if ( !QRichTextDrag::decode( m, t, st.data(), subtype ) )
|
|---|
| 4940 | return;
|
|---|
| 4941 | if ( st == "application/x-qrichtext" ) {
|
|---|
| 4942 | int start;
|
|---|
| 4943 | if ( (start = t.find( "<!--StartFragment-->" )) != -1 ) {
|
|---|
| 4944 | start += 20;
|
|---|
| 4945 | int end = t.find( "<!--EndFragment-->" );
|
|---|
| 4946 | QTextCursor oldC = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 4947 |
|
|---|
| 4948 | // during the setRichTextInternal() call the cursors
|
|---|
| 4949 | // paragraph might get joined with the provious one, so
|
|---|
| 4950 | // the cursors one would get deleted and oldC.paragraph()
|
|---|
| 4951 | // would be a dnagling pointer. To avoid that try to go
|
|---|
| 4952 | // one letter back and later go one forward again.
|
|---|
| 4953 | oldC.gotoPreviousLetter();
|
|---|
| 4954 | bool couldGoBack = oldC != *cursor;
|
|---|
| 4955 | // first para might get deleted, so remember to reset it
|
|---|
| 4956 | bool wasAtFirst = oldC.paragraph() == doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 4957 |
|
|---|
| 4958 | if ( start < end )
|
|---|
| 4959 | t = t.mid( start, end - start );
|
|---|
| 4960 | else
|
|---|
| 4961 | t = t.mid( start );
|
|---|
| 4962 | lastFormatted = cursor->paragraph();
|
|---|
| 4963 | if ( lastFormatted->prev() )
|
|---|
| 4964 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->prev();
|
|---|
| 4965 | doc->setRichTextInternal( t, cursor );
|
|---|
| 4966 |
|
|---|
| 4967 | // the first para might have been deleted in
|
|---|
| 4968 | // setRichTextInternal(). To be sure, reset it if
|
|---|
| 4969 | // necessary.
|
|---|
| 4970 | if ( wasAtFirst ) {
|
|---|
| 4971 | int index = oldC.index();
|
|---|
| 4972 | oldC.setParagraph( doc->firstParagraph() );
|
|---|
| 4973 | oldC.setIndex( index );
|
|---|
| 4974 | }
|
|---|
| 4975 |
|
|---|
| 4976 | // if we went back one letter before (see last comment),
|
|---|
| 4977 | // go one forward to point to the right position
|
|---|
| 4978 | if ( couldGoBack )
|
|---|
| 4979 | oldC.gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 4980 |
|
|---|
| 4981 | if ( undoEnabled && !isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 4982 | doc->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Temp, oldC );
|
|---|
| 4983 | doc->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Temp, *cursor );
|
|---|
| 4984 |
|
|---|
| 4985 | checkUndoRedoInfo( UndoRedoInfo::Insert );
|
|---|
| 4986 | if ( !undoRedoInfo.valid() ) {
|
|---|
| 4987 | undoRedoInfo.id = oldC.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 4988 | undoRedoInfo.index = oldC.index();
|
|---|
| 4989 | undoRedoInfo.d->text = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 4990 | }
|
|---|
| 4991 | int oldLen = undoRedoInfo.d->text.length();
|
|---|
| 4992 | if ( !doc->preProcessor() ) {
|
|---|
| 4993 | QString txt = doc->selectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 4994 | undoRedoInfo.d->text += txt;
|
|---|
| 4995 | for ( int i = 0; i < (int)txt.length(); ++i ) {
|
|---|
| 4996 | if ( txt[ i ] != '\n' && oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format() ) {
|
|---|
| 4997 | oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format()->addRef();
|
|---|
| 4998 | undoRedoInfo.d->text.
|
|---|
| 4999 | setFormat( oldLen + i, oldC.paragraph()->at( oldC.index() )->format(), TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5000 | }
|
|---|
| 5001 | oldC.gotoNextLetter();
|
|---|
| 5002 | }
|
|---|
| 5003 | }
|
|---|
| 5004 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|---|
| 5005 | removeSelection( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 5006 | }
|
|---|
| 5007 |
|
|---|
| 5008 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 5009 | setModified();
|
|---|
| 5010 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 5011 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 5012 | ensureCursorVisible();
|
|---|
| 5013 | return;
|
|---|
| 5014 | }
|
|---|
| 5015 | } else {
|
|---|
| 5016 | #if defined(Q_OS_WIN32) || defined (Q_OS_OS2)
|
|---|
| 5017 | // Need to convert CRLF to LF
|
|---|
| 5018 | t.replace( "\r\n", "\n" );
|
|---|
| 5019 | #elif defined(Q_OS_MAC)
|
|---|
| 5020 | //need to convert CR to LF
|
|---|
| 5021 | t.replace( '\r', '\n' );
|
|---|
| 5022 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5023 | QChar *uc = (QChar *)t.unicode();
|
|---|
| 5024 | for ( int i=0; (uint) i<t.length(); i++ ) {
|
|---|
| 5025 | if ( uc[ i ] < ' ' && uc[ i ] != '\n' && uc[ i ] != '\t' )
|
|---|
| 5026 | uc[ i ] = ' ';
|
|---|
| 5027 | }
|
|---|
| 5028 | if ( !t.isEmpty() )
|
|---|
| 5029 | insert( t, FALSE, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5030 | }
|
|---|
| 5031 | #endif //QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 5032 | }
|
|---|
| 5033 |
|
|---|
| 5034 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIMECLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 5035 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5036 | Prompts the user to choose a type from a list of text types
|
|---|
| 5037 | available, then copies text from the clipboard (if there is any)
|
|---|
| 5038 | into the text edit at the current text cursor position. Any
|
|---|
| 5039 | selected text (in selection 0) is first deleted.
|
|---|
| 5040 | */
|
|---|
| 5041 | void QTextEdit::pasteSpecial( const QPoint& pt )
|
|---|
| 5042 | {
|
|---|
| 5043 | QCString st = pickSpecial( QApplication::clipboard()->data( d->clipboard_mode ),
|
|---|
| 5044 | TRUE, pt );
|
|---|
| 5045 | if ( !st.isEmpty() )
|
|---|
| 5046 | pasteSubType( st );
|
|---|
| 5047 | }
|
|---|
| 5048 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5049 | #ifndef QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 5050 | QCString QTextEdit::pickSpecial( QMimeSource* ms, bool always_ask, const QPoint& pt )
|
|---|
| 5051 | {
|
|---|
| 5052 | if ( ms ) {
|
|---|
| 5053 | #ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
|---|
| 5054 | QPopupMenu popup( this, "qt_pickspecial_menu" );
|
|---|
| 5055 | QString fmt;
|
|---|
| 5056 | int n = 0;
|
|---|
| 5057 | QDict<void> done;
|
|---|
| 5058 | for (int i = 0; !( fmt = ms->format( i ) ).isNull(); i++) {
|
|---|
| 5059 | int semi = fmt.find( ";" );
|
|---|
| 5060 | if ( semi >= 0 )
|
|---|
| 5061 | fmt = fmt.left( semi );
|
|---|
| 5062 | if ( fmt.left( 5 ) == "text/" ) {
|
|---|
| 5063 | fmt = fmt.mid( 5 );
|
|---|
| 5064 | if ( !done.find( fmt ) ) {
|
|---|
| 5065 | done.insert( fmt,(void*)1 );
|
|---|
| 5066 | popup.insertItem( fmt, i );
|
|---|
| 5067 | n++;
|
|---|
| 5068 | }
|
|---|
| 5069 | }
|
|---|
| 5070 | }
|
|---|
| 5071 | if ( n ) {
|
|---|
| 5072 | int i = n ==1 && !always_ask ? popup.idAt( 0 ) : popup.exec( pt );
|
|---|
| 5073 | if ( i >= 0 )
|
|---|
| 5074 | return popup.text(i).latin1();
|
|---|
| 5075 | }
|
|---|
| 5076 | #else
|
|---|
| 5077 | QString fmt;
|
|---|
| 5078 | for (int i = 0; !( fmt = ms->format( i ) ).isNull(); i++) {
|
|---|
| 5079 | int semi = fmt.find( ";" );
|
|---|
| 5080 | if ( semi >= 0 )
|
|---|
| 5081 | fmt = fmt.left( semi );
|
|---|
| 5082 | if ( fmt.left( 5 ) == "text/" ) {
|
|---|
| 5083 | fmt = fmt.mid( 5 );
|
|---|
| 5084 | return fmt.latin1();
|
|---|
| 5085 | }
|
|---|
| 5086 | }
|
|---|
| 5087 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5088 | }
|
|---|
| 5089 | return QCString();
|
|---|
| 5090 | }
|
|---|
| 5091 | #endif // QT_NO_MIME
|
|---|
| 5092 | #endif // QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 5093 |
|
|---|
| 5094 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5095 | \enum QTextEdit::WordWrap
|
|---|
| 5096 |
|
|---|
| 5097 | This enum defines the QTextEdit's word wrap modes.
|
|---|
| 5098 |
|
|---|
| 5099 | \value NoWrap Do not wrap the text.
|
|---|
| 5100 |
|
|---|
| 5101 | \value WidgetWidth Wrap the text at the current width of the
|
|---|
| 5102 | widget (this is the default). Wrapping is at whitespace by
|
|---|
| 5103 | default; this can be changed with setWrapPolicy().
|
|---|
| 5104 |
|
|---|
| 5105 | \value FixedPixelWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of pixels
|
|---|
| 5106 | from the widget's left side. The number of pixels is set with
|
|---|
| 5107 | wrapColumnOrWidth().
|
|---|
| 5108 |
|
|---|
| 5109 | \value FixedColumnWidth Wrap the text at a fixed number of
|
|---|
| 5110 | character columns from the widget's left side. The number of
|
|---|
| 5111 | characters is set with wrapColumnOrWidth(). This is useful if you
|
|---|
| 5112 | need formatted text that can also be displayed gracefully on
|
|---|
| 5113 | devices with monospaced fonts, for example a standard VT100
|
|---|
| 5114 | terminal, where you might set wrapColumnOrWidth() to 80.
|
|---|
| 5115 |
|
|---|
| 5116 | \sa setWordWrap() wordWrap()
|
|---|
| 5117 | */
|
|---|
| 5118 |
|
|---|
| 5119 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5120 | \property QTextEdit::wordWrap
|
|---|
| 5121 | \brief the word wrap mode
|
|---|
| 5122 |
|
|---|
| 5123 | The default mode is \c WidgetWidth which causes words to be
|
|---|
| 5124 | wrapped at the right edge of the text edit. Wrapping occurs at
|
|---|
| 5125 | whitespace, keeping whole words intact. If you want wrapping to
|
|---|
| 5126 | occur within words use setWrapPolicy(). If you set a wrap mode of
|
|---|
| 5127 | \c FixedPixelWidth or \c FixedColumnWidth you should also call
|
|---|
| 5128 | setWrapColumnOrWidth() with the width you want.
|
|---|
| 5129 |
|
|---|
| 5130 | \sa WordWrap, wrapColumnOrWidth, wrapPolicy,
|
|---|
| 5131 | */
|
|---|
| 5132 |
|
|---|
| 5133 | void QTextEdit::setWordWrap( WordWrap mode )
|
|---|
| 5134 | {
|
|---|
| 5135 | if ( wrapMode == mode )
|
|---|
| 5136 | return;
|
|---|
| 5137 | wrapMode = mode;
|
|---|
| 5138 | switch ( mode ) {
|
|---|
| 5139 | case NoWrap:
|
|---|
| 5140 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 5141 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
|
|---|
| 5142 | doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
|
|---|
| 5143 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
|---|
| 5144 | doc->invalidate();
|
|---|
| 5145 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 5146 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 5147 | interval = 0;
|
|---|
| 5148 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 5149 | break;
|
|---|
| 5150 | case WidgetWidth:
|
|---|
| 5151 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5152 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
|
|---|
| 5153 | doResize();
|
|---|
| 5154 | break;
|
|---|
| 5155 | case FixedPixelWidth:
|
|---|
| 5156 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5157 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
|
|---|
| 5158 | if ( wrapWidth < 0 )
|
|---|
| 5159 | wrapWidth = 200;
|
|---|
| 5160 | setWrapColumnOrWidth( wrapWidth );
|
|---|
| 5161 | break;
|
|---|
| 5162 | case FixedColumnWidth:
|
|---|
| 5163 | if ( wrapWidth < 0 )
|
|---|
| 5164 | wrapWidth = 80;
|
|---|
| 5165 | document()->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5166 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( wrapWidth );
|
|---|
| 5167 | setWrapColumnOrWidth( wrapWidth );
|
|---|
| 5168 | break;
|
|---|
| 5169 | }
|
|---|
| 5170 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5171 | checkOptimMode();
|
|---|
| 5172 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5173 | }
|
|---|
| 5174 |
|
|---|
| 5175 | QTextEdit::WordWrap QTextEdit::wordWrap() const
|
|---|
| 5176 | {
|
|---|
| 5177 | return wrapMode;
|
|---|
| 5178 | }
|
|---|
| 5179 |
|
|---|
| 5180 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5181 | \property QTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth
|
|---|
| 5182 | \brief the position (in pixels or columns depending on the wrap mode) where text will be wrapped
|
|---|
| 5183 |
|
|---|
| 5184 | If the wrap mode is \c FixedPixelWidth, the value is the number of
|
|---|
| 5185 | pixels from the left edge of the text edit at which text should be
|
|---|
| 5186 | wrapped. If the wrap mode is \c FixedColumnWidth, the value is the
|
|---|
| 5187 | column number (in character columns) from the left edge of the
|
|---|
| 5188 | text edit at which text should be wrapped.
|
|---|
| 5189 |
|
|---|
| 5190 | \sa wordWrap
|
|---|
| 5191 | */
|
|---|
| 5192 | void QTextEdit::setWrapColumnOrWidth( int value )
|
|---|
| 5193 | {
|
|---|
| 5194 | wrapWidth = value;
|
|---|
| 5195 | if ( wrapMode == FixedColumnWidth ) {
|
|---|
| 5196 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( wrapWidth );
|
|---|
| 5197 | resizeContents( 0, 0 );
|
|---|
| 5198 | doc->setWidth( visibleWidth() );
|
|---|
| 5199 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
|---|
| 5200 | } else if (wrapMode == FixedPixelWidth ) {
|
|---|
| 5201 | document()->formatter()->setWrapAtColumn( -1 );
|
|---|
| 5202 | resizeContents( wrapWidth, 0 );
|
|---|
| 5203 | doc->setWidth( wrapWidth );
|
|---|
| 5204 | doc->setMinimumWidth( wrapWidth );
|
|---|
| 5205 | } else {
|
|---|
| 5206 | return;
|
|---|
| 5207 | }
|
|---|
| 5208 | doc->invalidate();
|
|---|
| 5209 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 5210 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 5211 | interval = 0;
|
|---|
| 5212 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 5213 | }
|
|---|
| 5214 |
|
|---|
| 5215 | int QTextEdit::wrapColumnOrWidth() const
|
|---|
| 5216 | {
|
|---|
| 5217 | if ( wrapMode == WidgetWidth )
|
|---|
| 5218 | return visibleWidth();
|
|---|
| 5219 | return wrapWidth;
|
|---|
| 5220 | }
|
|---|
| 5221 |
|
|---|
| 5222 |
|
|---|
| 5223 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5224 | \enum QTextEdit::WrapPolicy
|
|---|
| 5225 |
|
|---|
| 5226 | This enum defines where text can be wrapped in word wrap mode.
|
|---|
| 5227 |
|
|---|
| 5228 | \value AtWhiteSpace Don't use this deprecated value (it is a
|
|---|
| 5229 | synonym for \c AtWordBoundary which you should use instead).
|
|---|
| 5230 | \value Anywhere Break anywhere, including within words.
|
|---|
| 5231 | \value AtWordBoundary Break lines at word boundaries, e.g. spaces or
|
|---|
| 5232 | newlines
|
|---|
| 5233 | \value AtWordOrDocumentBoundary Break lines at whitespace, e.g.
|
|---|
| 5234 | spaces or newlines if possible. Break it anywhere otherwise.
|
|---|
| 5235 |
|
|---|
| 5236 | \sa setWrapPolicy()
|
|---|
| 5237 | */
|
|---|
| 5238 |
|
|---|
| 5239 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5240 | \property QTextEdit::wrapPolicy
|
|---|
| 5241 | \brief the word wrap policy, at whitespace or anywhere
|
|---|
| 5242 |
|
|---|
| 5243 | Defines where text can be wrapped when word wrap mode is not \c
|
|---|
| 5244 | NoWrap. The choices are \c AtWordBoundary (the default), \c
|
|---|
| 5245 | Anywhere and \c AtWordOrDocumentBoundary
|
|---|
| 5246 |
|
|---|
| 5247 | \sa wordWrap
|
|---|
| 5248 | */
|
|---|
| 5249 |
|
|---|
| 5250 | void QTextEdit::setWrapPolicy( WrapPolicy policy )
|
|---|
| 5251 | {
|
|---|
| 5252 | if ( wPolicy == policy )
|
|---|
| 5253 | return;
|
|---|
| 5254 | wPolicy = policy;
|
|---|
| 5255 | QTextFormatter *formatter;
|
|---|
| 5256 | if ( policy == AtWordBoundary || policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary ) {
|
|---|
| 5257 | formatter = new QTextFormatterBreakWords;
|
|---|
| 5258 | formatter->setAllowBreakInWords( policy == AtWordOrDocumentBoundary );
|
|---|
| 5259 | } else {
|
|---|
| 5260 | formatter = new QTextFormatterBreakInWords;
|
|---|
| 5261 | }
|
|---|
| 5262 | formatter->setWrapAtColumn( document()->formatter()->wrapAtColumn() );
|
|---|
| 5263 | formatter->setWrapEnabled( document()->formatter()->isWrapEnabled( 0 ) );
|
|---|
| 5264 | document()->setFormatter( formatter );
|
|---|
| 5265 | doc->invalidate();
|
|---|
| 5266 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 5267 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 5268 | interval = 0;
|
|---|
| 5269 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 5270 | }
|
|---|
| 5271 |
|
|---|
| 5272 | QTextEdit::WrapPolicy QTextEdit::wrapPolicy() const
|
|---|
| 5273 | {
|
|---|
| 5274 | return wPolicy;
|
|---|
| 5275 | }
|
|---|
| 5276 |
|
|---|
| 5277 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5278 | Deletes all the text in the text edit.
|
|---|
| 5279 |
|
|---|
| 5280 | \sa cut() removeSelectedText() setText()
|
|---|
| 5281 | */
|
|---|
| 5282 |
|
|---|
| 5283 | void QTextEdit::clear()
|
|---|
| 5284 | {
|
|---|
| 5285 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5286 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 5287 | optimSetText("");
|
|---|
| 5288 | } else
|
|---|
| 5289 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5290 | {
|
|---|
| 5291 | // make clear undoable
|
|---|
| 5292 | doc->selectAll( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 5293 | removeSelectedText( QTextDocument::Temp );
|
|---|
| 5294 | setContentsPos( 0, 0 );
|
|---|
| 5295 | if ( cursor->isValid() )
|
|---|
| 5296 | cursor->restoreState();
|
|---|
| 5297 | doc->clear( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5298 | delete cursor;
|
|---|
| 5299 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
|---|
| 5300 | lastFormatted = 0;
|
|---|
| 5301 | }
|
|---|
| 5302 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 5303 |
|
|---|
| 5304 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor );
|
|---|
| 5305 | emit cursorPositionChanged( cursor->paragraph()->paragId(), cursor->index() );
|
|---|
| 5306 | }
|
|---|
| 5307 |
|
|---|
| 5308 | int QTextEdit::undoDepth() const
|
|---|
| 5309 | {
|
|---|
| 5310 | return document()->undoDepth();
|
|---|
| 5311 | }
|
|---|
| 5312 |
|
|---|
| 5313 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5314 | \property QTextEdit::length
|
|---|
| 5315 | \brief the number of characters in the text
|
|---|
| 5316 | */
|
|---|
| 5317 |
|
|---|
| 5318 | int QTextEdit::length() const
|
|---|
| 5319 | {
|
|---|
| 5320 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5321 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 5322 | return d->od->len;
|
|---|
| 5323 | else
|
|---|
| 5324 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5325 | return document()->length();
|
|---|
| 5326 | }
|
|---|
| 5327 |
|
|---|
| 5328 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5329 | \property QTextEdit::tabStopWidth
|
|---|
| 5330 | \brief the tab stop width in pixels
|
|---|
| 5331 | */
|
|---|
| 5332 |
|
|---|
| 5333 | int QTextEdit::tabStopWidth() const
|
|---|
| 5334 | {
|
|---|
| 5335 | return document()->tabStopWidth();
|
|---|
| 5336 | }
|
|---|
| 5337 |
|
|---|
| 5338 | void QTextEdit::setUndoDepth( int d )
|
|---|
| 5339 | {
|
|---|
| 5340 | document()->setUndoDepth( d );
|
|---|
| 5341 | }
|
|---|
| 5342 |
|
|---|
| 5343 | void QTextEdit::setTabStopWidth( int ts )
|
|---|
| 5344 | {
|
|---|
| 5345 | document()->setTabStops( ts );
|
|---|
| 5346 | doc->invalidate();
|
|---|
| 5347 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 5348 | interval = 0;
|
|---|
| 5349 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 5350 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 5351 | }
|
|---|
| 5352 |
|
|---|
| 5353 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5354 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 5355 | */
|
|---|
| 5356 |
|
|---|
| 5357 | QSize QTextEdit::sizeHint() const
|
|---|
| 5358 | {
|
|---|
| 5359 | // cf. QScrollView::sizeHint()
|
|---|
| 5360 | constPolish();
|
|---|
| 5361 | int f = 2 * frameWidth();
|
|---|
| 5362 | int h = fontMetrics().height();
|
|---|
| 5363 | QSize sz( f, f );
|
|---|
| 5364 | return sz.expandedTo( QSize(12 * h, 8 * h) );
|
|---|
| 5365 | }
|
|---|
| 5366 |
|
|---|
| 5367 | void QTextEdit::clearUndoRedo()
|
|---|
| 5368 | {
|
|---|
| 5369 | if ( !undoEnabled )
|
|---|
| 5370 | return;
|
|---|
| 5371 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|---|
| 5372 | emit undoAvailable( doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() );
|
|---|
| 5373 | emit redoAvailable( doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() );
|
|---|
| 5374 | }
|
|---|
| 5375 |
|
|---|
| 5376 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 5377 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
|---|
| 5378 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
|---|
| 5379 | function will go away.
|
|---|
| 5380 |
|
|---|
| 5381 | This function gets the format of the character at position \a
|
|---|
| 5382 | index in paragraph \a para. Sets \a font to the character's font, \a
|
|---|
| 5383 | color to the character's color and \a verticalAlignment to the
|
|---|
| 5384 | character's vertical alignment.
|
|---|
| 5385 |
|
|---|
| 5386 | Returns FALSE if \a para or \a index is out of range otherwise
|
|---|
| 5387 | returns TRUE.
|
|---|
| 5388 | */
|
|---|
| 5389 |
|
|---|
| 5390 | bool QTextEdit::getFormat( int para, int index, QFont *font, QColor *color, VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment )
|
|---|
| 5391 | {
|
|---|
| 5392 | if ( !font || !color )
|
|---|
| 5393 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5394 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 5395 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 5396 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5397 | if ( index < 0 || index >= p->length() )
|
|---|
| 5398 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5399 | *font = p->at( index )->format()->font();
|
|---|
| 5400 | *color = p->at( index )->format()->color();
|
|---|
| 5401 | *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at( index )->format()->vAlign();
|
|---|
| 5402 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5403 | }
|
|---|
| 5404 |
|
|---|
| 5405 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 5406 | \warning In Qt 3.1 we will provide a cleaer API for the
|
|---|
| 5407 | functionality which is provided by this function and in Qt 4.0 this
|
|---|
| 5408 | function will go away.
|
|---|
| 5409 |
|
|---|
| 5410 | This function gets the format of the paragraph \a para. Sets \a
|
|---|
| 5411 | font to the paragraphs's font, \a color to the paragraph's color, \a
|
|---|
| 5412 | verticalAlignment to the paragraph's vertical alignment, \a
|
|---|
| 5413 | alignment to the paragraph's alignment, \a displayMode to the
|
|---|
| 5414 | paragraph's display mode, \a listStyle to the paragraph's list style
|
|---|
| 5415 | (if the display mode is QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem) and \a
|
|---|
| 5416 | listDepth to the depth of the list (if the display mode is
|
|---|
| 5417 | QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem).
|
|---|
| 5418 |
|
|---|
| 5419 | Returns FALSE if \a para is out of range otherwise returns TRUE.
|
|---|
| 5420 | */
|
|---|
| 5421 |
|
|---|
| 5422 | bool QTextEdit::getParagraphFormat( int para, QFont *font, QColor *color,
|
|---|
| 5423 | VerticalAlignment *verticalAlignment, int *alignment,
|
|---|
| 5424 | QStyleSheetItem::DisplayMode *displayMode,
|
|---|
| 5425 | QStyleSheetItem::ListStyle *listStyle,
|
|---|
| 5426 | int *listDepth )
|
|---|
| 5427 | {
|
|---|
| 5428 | if ( !font || !color || !alignment || !displayMode || !listStyle )
|
|---|
| 5429 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5430 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 5431 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 5432 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5433 | *font = p->at(0)->format()->font();
|
|---|
| 5434 | *color = p->at(0)->format()->color();
|
|---|
| 5435 | *verticalAlignment = (VerticalAlignment)p->at(0)->format()->vAlign();
|
|---|
| 5436 | *alignment = p->alignment();
|
|---|
| 5437 | *displayMode = p->isListItem() ? QStyleSheetItem::DisplayListItem : QStyleSheetItem::DisplayBlock;
|
|---|
| 5438 | *listStyle = p->listStyle();
|
|---|
| 5439 | *listDepth = p->listDepth();
|
|---|
| 5440 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5441 | }
|
|---|
| 5442 |
|
|---|
| 5443 |
|
|---|
| 5444 |
|
|---|
| 5445 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5446 | This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu
|
|---|
| 5447 | at the document position \a pos. If you want to create a custom
|
|---|
| 5448 | popup menu, reimplement this function and return the created popup
|
|---|
| 5449 | menu. Ownership of the popup menu is transferred to the caller.
|
|---|
| 5450 | */
|
|---|
| 5451 |
|
|---|
| 5452 | QPopupMenu *QTextEdit::createPopupMenu( const QPoint& pos )
|
|---|
| 5453 | {
|
|---|
| 5454 | Q_UNUSED( pos )
|
|---|
| 5455 | #ifndef QT_NO_POPUPMENU
|
|---|
| 5456 | QPopupMenu *popup = new QPopupMenu( this, "qt_edit_menu" );
|
|---|
| 5457 | if ( !isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 5458 | d->id[ IdUndo ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Undo" ) + ACCEL_KEY( Z ) );
|
|---|
| 5459 | d->id[ IdRedo ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Redo" ) + ACCEL_KEY( Y ) );
|
|---|
| 5460 | popup->insertSeparator();
|
|---|
| 5461 | }
|
|---|
| 5462 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 5463 | if ( !isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 5464 | d->id[ IdCut ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Cu&t" ) + ACCEL_KEY( X ) );
|
|---|
| 5465 | d->id[ IdCopy ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Copy" ) + ACCEL_KEY( C ) );
|
|---|
| 5466 | if ( !isReadOnly() )
|
|---|
| 5467 | d->id[ IdPaste ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "&Paste" ) + ACCEL_KEY( V ) );
|
|---|
| 5468 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5469 | if ( !isReadOnly() ) {
|
|---|
| 5470 | d->id[ IdClear ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Clear" ) );
|
|---|
| 5471 | popup->insertSeparator();
|
|---|
| 5472 | }
|
|---|
| 5473 | #if defined(Q_WS_X11)
|
|---|
| 5474 | d->id[ IdSelectAll ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Select All" ) );
|
|---|
| 5475 | #else
|
|---|
| 5476 | d->id[ IdSelectAll ] = popup->insertItem( tr( "Select All" ) + ACCEL_KEY( A ) );
|
|---|
| 5477 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5478 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdUndo ], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() );
|
|---|
| 5479 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdRedo ], !isReadOnly() && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable() );
|
|---|
| 5480 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 5481 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCut ], !isReadOnly() && doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
|
|---|
| 5482 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5483 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCopy ], d->optimMode ? optimHasSelection() : doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
|
|---|
| 5484 | #else
|
|---|
| 5485 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdCopy ], doc->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard, TRUE ) );
|
|---|
| 5486 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5487 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdPaste ], !isReadOnly() && !QApplication::clipboard()->text( d->clipboard_mode ).isEmpty() );
|
|---|
| 5488 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5489 | const bool isEmptyDocument = (length() == 0);
|
|---|
| 5490 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdClear ], !isReadOnly() && !isEmptyDocument );
|
|---|
| 5491 | popup->setItemEnabled( d->id[ IdSelectAll ], !isEmptyDocument );
|
|---|
| 5492 | return popup;
|
|---|
| 5493 | #else
|
|---|
| 5494 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 5495 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5496 | }
|
|---|
| 5497 |
|
|---|
| 5498 | /*! \overload
|
|---|
| 5499 | \obsolete
|
|---|
| 5500 | This function is called to create a right mouse button popup menu.
|
|---|
| 5501 | If you want to create a custom popup menu, reimplement this function
|
|---|
| 5502 | and return the created popup menu. Ownership of the popup menu is
|
|---|
| 5503 | transferred to the caller.
|
|---|
| 5504 |
|
|---|
| 5505 | This function is only called if createPopupMenu( const QPoint & )
|
|---|
| 5506 | returns 0.
|
|---|
| 5507 | */
|
|---|
| 5508 |
|
|---|
| 5509 | QPopupMenu *QTextEdit::createPopupMenu()
|
|---|
| 5510 | {
|
|---|
| 5511 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 5512 | }
|
|---|
| 5513 |
|
|---|
| 5514 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5515 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 5516 | */
|
|---|
| 5517 |
|
|---|
| 5518 | void QTextEdit::setFont( const QFont &f )
|
|---|
| 5519 | {
|
|---|
| 5520 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5521 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 5522 | QScrollView::setFont( f );
|
|---|
| 5523 | doc->setDefaultFormat( f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() );
|
|---|
| 5524 | // recalculate the max string width
|
|---|
| 5525 | QFontMetrics fm(f);
|
|---|
| 5526 | int i, sw;
|
|---|
| 5527 | d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
|
|---|
| 5528 | for ( i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++ ) {
|
|---|
| 5529 | sw = fm.width(d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(i)]);
|
|---|
| 5530 | if (d->od->maxLineWidth < sw)
|
|---|
| 5531 | d->od->maxLineWidth = sw;
|
|---|
| 5532 | }
|
|---|
| 5533 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
|---|
| 5534 | return;
|
|---|
| 5535 | }
|
|---|
| 5536 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5537 | QScrollView::setFont( f );
|
|---|
| 5538 | doc->setMinimumWidth( -1 );
|
|---|
| 5539 | doc->setDefaultFormat( f, doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat()->color() );
|
|---|
| 5540 | lastFormatted = doc->firstParagraph();
|
|---|
| 5541 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 5542 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 5543 | }
|
|---|
| 5544 |
|
|---|
| 5545 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5546 | \fn QTextEdit::zoomIn()
|
|---|
| 5547 |
|
|---|
| 5548 | \overload
|
|---|
| 5549 |
|
|---|
| 5550 | Zooms in on the text by by making the base font size one point
|
|---|
| 5551 | larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
|---|
| 5552 | does not change the size of any images.
|
|---|
| 5553 |
|
|---|
| 5554 | \sa zoomOut()
|
|---|
| 5555 | */
|
|---|
| 5556 |
|
|---|
| 5557 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5558 | \fn QTextEdit::zoomOut()
|
|---|
| 5559 |
|
|---|
| 5560 | \overload
|
|---|
| 5561 |
|
|---|
| 5562 | Zooms out on the text by by making the base font size one point
|
|---|
| 5563 | smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
|---|
| 5564 | does not change the size of any images.
|
|---|
| 5565 |
|
|---|
| 5566 | \sa zoomIn()
|
|---|
| 5567 | */
|
|---|
| 5568 |
|
|---|
| 5569 |
|
|---|
| 5570 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5571 | Zooms in on the text by by making the base font size \a range
|
|---|
| 5572 | points larger and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size.
|
|---|
| 5573 | This does not change the size of any images.
|
|---|
| 5574 |
|
|---|
| 5575 | \sa zoomOut()
|
|---|
| 5576 | */
|
|---|
| 5577 |
|
|---|
| 5578 | void QTextEdit::zoomIn( int range )
|
|---|
| 5579 | {
|
|---|
| 5580 | QFont f( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 5581 | f.setPointSize( QFontInfo(f).pointSize() + range );
|
|---|
| 5582 | setFont( f );
|
|---|
| 5583 | }
|
|---|
| 5584 |
|
|---|
| 5585 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5586 | Zooms out on the text by making the base font size \a range points
|
|---|
| 5587 | smaller and recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This
|
|---|
| 5588 | does not change the size of any images.
|
|---|
| 5589 |
|
|---|
| 5590 | \sa zoomIn()
|
|---|
| 5591 | */
|
|---|
| 5592 |
|
|---|
| 5593 | void QTextEdit::zoomOut( int range )
|
|---|
| 5594 | {
|
|---|
| 5595 | QFont f( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 5596 | f.setPointSize( QMAX( 1, QFontInfo(f).pointSize() - range ) );
|
|---|
| 5597 | setFont( f );
|
|---|
| 5598 | }
|
|---|
| 5599 |
|
|---|
| 5600 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5601 | Zooms the text by making the base font size \a size points and
|
|---|
| 5602 | recalculating all font sizes to be the new size. This does not
|
|---|
| 5603 | change the size of any images.
|
|---|
| 5604 | */
|
|---|
| 5605 |
|
|---|
| 5606 | void QTextEdit::zoomTo( int size )
|
|---|
| 5607 | {
|
|---|
| 5608 | QFont f( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 5609 | f.setPointSize( size );
|
|---|
| 5610 | setFont( f );
|
|---|
| 5611 | }
|
|---|
| 5612 |
|
|---|
| 5613 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5614 | QTextEdit is optimized for large amounts text. One of its
|
|---|
| 5615 | optimizations is to format only the visible text, formatting the rest
|
|---|
| 5616 | on demand, e.g. as the user scrolls, so you don't usually need to
|
|---|
| 5617 | call this function.
|
|---|
| 5618 |
|
|---|
| 5619 | In some situations you may want to force the whole text
|
|---|
| 5620 | to be formatted. For example, if after calling setText(), you wanted
|
|---|
| 5621 | to know the height of the document (using contentsHeight()), you
|
|---|
| 5622 | would call this function first.
|
|---|
| 5623 | */
|
|---|
| 5624 |
|
|---|
| 5625 | void QTextEdit::sync()
|
|---|
| 5626 | {
|
|---|
| 5627 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5628 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 5629 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 5630 | resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
|
|---|
| 5631 | } else
|
|---|
| 5632 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5633 | {
|
|---|
| 5634 | while ( lastFormatted ) {
|
|---|
| 5635 | lastFormatted->format();
|
|---|
| 5636 | lastFormatted = lastFormatted->next();
|
|---|
| 5637 | }
|
|---|
| 5638 | resizeContents( contentsWidth(), doc->height() );
|
|---|
| 5639 | }
|
|---|
| 5640 | updateScrollBars();
|
|---|
| 5641 | }
|
|---|
| 5642 |
|
|---|
| 5643 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5644 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 5645 | */
|
|---|
| 5646 |
|
|---|
| 5647 | void QTextEdit::setEnabled( bool b )
|
|---|
| 5648 | {
|
|---|
| 5649 | QScrollView::setEnabled( b );
|
|---|
| 5650 | if ( textFormat() == PlainText ) {
|
|---|
| 5651 | QTextFormat *f = doc->formatCollection()->defaultFormat();
|
|---|
| 5652 | f->setColor( colorGroup().text() );
|
|---|
| 5653 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 5654 | }
|
|---|
| 5655 | }
|
|---|
| 5656 |
|
|---|
| 5657 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5658 | Sets the background color of selection number \a selNum to \a back
|
|---|
| 5659 | and specifies whether the text of this selection should be
|
|---|
| 5660 | inverted with \a invertText.
|
|---|
| 5661 |
|
|---|
| 5662 | This only works for \a selNum > 0. The default selection (\a
|
|---|
| 5663 | selNum == 0) gets its attributes from the text edit's
|
|---|
| 5664 | colorGroup().
|
|---|
| 5665 | */
|
|---|
| 5666 |
|
|---|
| 5667 | void QTextEdit::setSelectionAttributes( int selNum, const QColor &back, bool invertText )
|
|---|
| 5668 | {
|
|---|
| 5669 | if ( selNum < 1 )
|
|---|
| 5670 | return;
|
|---|
| 5671 | if ( selNum > doc->numSelections() )
|
|---|
| 5672 | doc->addSelection( selNum );
|
|---|
| 5673 | doc->setSelectionColor( selNum, back );
|
|---|
| 5674 | doc->setInvertSelectionText( selNum, invertText );
|
|---|
| 5675 | }
|
|---|
| 5676 |
|
|---|
| 5677 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5678 | \reimp
|
|---|
| 5679 | */
|
|---|
| 5680 | void QTextEdit::windowActivationChange( bool oldActive )
|
|---|
| 5681 | {
|
|---|
| 5682 | if ( oldActive && scrollTimer )
|
|---|
| 5683 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 5684 | if ( palette().active() != palette().inactive() )
|
|---|
| 5685 | updateContents();
|
|---|
| 5686 | QScrollView::windowActivationChange( oldActive );
|
|---|
| 5687 | }
|
|---|
| 5688 |
|
|---|
| 5689 | void QTextEdit::setReadOnly( bool b )
|
|---|
| 5690 | {
|
|---|
| 5691 | if ( readonly == b )
|
|---|
| 5692 | return;
|
|---|
| 5693 | readonly = b;
|
|---|
| 5694 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 5695 | if ( readonly )
|
|---|
| 5696 | viewport()->setCursor( arrowCursor );
|
|---|
| 5697 | else
|
|---|
| 5698 | viewport()->setCursor( ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 5699 | setInputMethodEnabled( !readonly );
|
|---|
| 5700 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5701 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5702 | checkOptimMode();
|
|---|
| 5703 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5704 | }
|
|---|
| 5705 |
|
|---|
| 5706 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5707 | Scrolls to the bottom of the document and does formatting if
|
|---|
| 5708 | required.
|
|---|
| 5709 | */
|
|---|
| 5710 |
|
|---|
| 5711 | void QTextEdit::scrollToBottom()
|
|---|
| 5712 | {
|
|---|
| 5713 | sync();
|
|---|
| 5714 | setContentsPos( contentsX(), contentsHeight() - visibleHeight() );
|
|---|
| 5715 | }
|
|---|
| 5716 |
|
|---|
| 5717 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5718 | Returns the rectangle of the paragraph \a para in contents
|
|---|
| 5719 | coordinates, or an invalid rectangle if \a para is out of range.
|
|---|
| 5720 | */
|
|---|
| 5721 |
|
|---|
| 5722 | QRect QTextEdit::paragraphRect( int para ) const
|
|---|
| 5723 | {
|
|---|
| 5724 | QTextEdit *that = (QTextEdit *)this;
|
|---|
| 5725 | that->sync();
|
|---|
| 5726 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 5727 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 5728 | return QRect( -1, -1, -1, -1 );
|
|---|
| 5729 | return p->rect();
|
|---|
| 5730 | }
|
|---|
| 5731 |
|
|---|
| 5732 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5733 | Returns the paragraph which is at position \a pos (in contents
|
|---|
| 5734 | coordinates).
|
|---|
| 5735 | */
|
|---|
| 5736 |
|
|---|
| 5737 | int QTextEdit::paragraphAt( const QPoint &pos ) const
|
|---|
| 5738 | {
|
|---|
| 5739 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5740 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 5741 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 5742 | int parag = pos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 5743 | if ( parag <= d->od->numLines )
|
|---|
| 5744 | return parag;
|
|---|
| 5745 | else
|
|---|
| 5746 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 5747 | }
|
|---|
| 5748 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5749 | QTextCursor c( doc );
|
|---|
| 5750 | c.place( pos, doc->firstParagraph() );
|
|---|
| 5751 | if ( c.paragraph() )
|
|---|
| 5752 | return c.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 5753 | return -1; // should never happen..
|
|---|
| 5754 | }
|
|---|
| 5755 |
|
|---|
| 5756 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5757 | Returns the index of the character (relative to its paragraph) at
|
|---|
| 5758 | position \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a para is not 0,
|
|---|
| 5759 | \a *para is set to the character's paragraph.
|
|---|
| 5760 | */
|
|---|
| 5761 |
|
|---|
| 5762 | int QTextEdit::charAt( const QPoint &pos, int *para ) const
|
|---|
| 5763 | {
|
|---|
| 5764 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5765 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 5766 | int par = paragraphAt( pos );
|
|---|
| 5767 | if ( para )
|
|---|
| 5768 | *para = par;
|
|---|
| 5769 | return optimCharIndex( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(par) ], pos.x() );
|
|---|
| 5770 | }
|
|---|
| 5771 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5772 | QTextCursor c( doc );
|
|---|
| 5773 | c.place( pos, doc->firstParagraph() );
|
|---|
| 5774 | if ( c.paragraph() ) {
|
|---|
| 5775 | if ( para )
|
|---|
| 5776 | *para = c.paragraph()->paragId();
|
|---|
| 5777 | return c.index();
|
|---|
| 5778 | }
|
|---|
| 5779 | return -1; // should never happen..
|
|---|
| 5780 | }
|
|---|
| 5781 |
|
|---|
| 5782 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5783 | Sets the background color of the paragraph \a para to \a bg.
|
|---|
| 5784 | */
|
|---|
| 5785 |
|
|---|
| 5786 | void QTextEdit::setParagraphBackgroundColor( int para, const QColor &bg )
|
|---|
| 5787 | {
|
|---|
| 5788 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 5789 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 5790 | return;
|
|---|
| 5791 | p->setBackgroundColor( bg );
|
|---|
| 5792 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 5793 | }
|
|---|
| 5794 |
|
|---|
| 5795 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5796 | Clears the background color of the paragraph \a para, so that the
|
|---|
| 5797 | default color is used again.
|
|---|
| 5798 | */
|
|---|
| 5799 |
|
|---|
| 5800 | void QTextEdit::clearParagraphBackground( int para )
|
|---|
| 5801 | {
|
|---|
| 5802 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 5803 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 5804 | return;
|
|---|
| 5805 | p->clearBackgroundColor();
|
|---|
| 5806 | repaintChanged();
|
|---|
| 5807 | }
|
|---|
| 5808 |
|
|---|
| 5809 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5810 | Returns the background color of the paragraph \a para or an
|
|---|
| 5811 | invalid color if \a para is out of range or the paragraph has no
|
|---|
| 5812 | background set
|
|---|
| 5813 | */
|
|---|
| 5814 |
|
|---|
| 5815 | QColor QTextEdit::paragraphBackgroundColor( int para ) const
|
|---|
| 5816 | {
|
|---|
| 5817 | QTextParagraph *p = doc->paragAt( para );
|
|---|
| 5818 | if ( !p )
|
|---|
| 5819 | return QColor();
|
|---|
| 5820 | QColor *c = p->backgroundColor();
|
|---|
| 5821 | if ( c )
|
|---|
| 5822 | return *c;
|
|---|
| 5823 | return QColor();
|
|---|
| 5824 | }
|
|---|
| 5825 |
|
|---|
| 5826 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5827 | \property QTextEdit::undoRedoEnabled
|
|---|
| 5828 | \brief whether undo/redo is enabled
|
|---|
| 5829 |
|
|---|
| 5830 | When changing this property, the undo/redo history is cleared.
|
|---|
| 5831 |
|
|---|
| 5832 | The default is TRUE.
|
|---|
| 5833 | */
|
|---|
| 5834 |
|
|---|
| 5835 | void QTextEdit::setUndoRedoEnabled( bool b )
|
|---|
| 5836 | {
|
|---|
| 5837 | undoRedoInfo.clear();
|
|---|
| 5838 | doc->commands()->clear();
|
|---|
| 5839 |
|
|---|
| 5840 | undoEnabled = b;
|
|---|
| 5841 | }
|
|---|
| 5842 |
|
|---|
| 5843 | bool QTextEdit::isUndoRedoEnabled() const
|
|---|
| 5844 | {
|
|---|
| 5845 | return undoEnabled;
|
|---|
| 5846 | }
|
|---|
| 5847 |
|
|---|
| 5848 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5849 | Returns TRUE if undo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|---|
| 5850 | */
|
|---|
| 5851 |
|
|---|
| 5852 | bool QTextEdit::isUndoAvailable() const
|
|---|
| 5853 | {
|
|---|
| 5854 | return undoEnabled && (doc->commands()->isUndoAvailable() || undoRedoInfo.valid());
|
|---|
| 5855 | }
|
|---|
| 5856 |
|
|---|
| 5857 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5858 | Returns TRUE if redo is available; otherwise returns FALSE.
|
|---|
| 5859 | */
|
|---|
| 5860 |
|
|---|
| 5861 | bool QTextEdit::isRedoAvailable() const
|
|---|
| 5862 | {
|
|---|
| 5863 | return undoEnabled && doc->commands()->isRedoAvailable();
|
|---|
| 5864 | }
|
|---|
| 5865 |
|
|---|
| 5866 | void QTextEdit::ensureFormatted( QTextParagraph *p )
|
|---|
| 5867 | {
|
|---|
| 5868 | while ( !p->isValid() ) {
|
|---|
| 5869 | if ( !lastFormatted )
|
|---|
| 5870 | return;
|
|---|
| 5871 | formatMore();
|
|---|
| 5872 | }
|
|---|
| 5873 | }
|
|---|
| 5874 |
|
|---|
| 5875 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 5876 | void QTextEdit::updateCursor( const QPoint & pos )
|
|---|
| 5877 | {
|
|---|
| 5878 | if ( isReadOnly() && linksEnabled() ) {
|
|---|
| 5879 | QTextCursor c = *cursor;
|
|---|
| 5880 | placeCursor( pos, &c, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5881 |
|
|---|
| 5882 | #ifndef QT_NO_NETWORKPROTOCOL
|
|---|
| 5883 | bool insideParagRect = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5884 | if (c.paragraph() == doc->lastParagraph()
|
|---|
| 5885 | && c.paragraph()->rect().y() + c.paragraph()->rect().height() < pos.y())
|
|---|
| 5886 | insideParagRect = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5887 | if (insideParagRect && c.paragraph() && c.paragraph()->at( c.index() ) &&
|
|---|
| 5888 | c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->isAnchor()) {
|
|---|
| 5889 | if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref().isEmpty()
|
|---|
| 5890 | && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1 )
|
|---|
| 5891 | onLink = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref();
|
|---|
| 5892 | else
|
|---|
| 5893 | onLink = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 5894 |
|
|---|
| 5895 | if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName().isEmpty()
|
|---|
| 5896 | && c.index() < c.paragraph()->length() - 1 )
|
|---|
| 5897 | d->onName = c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorName();
|
|---|
| 5898 | else
|
|---|
| 5899 | d->onName = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 5900 |
|
|---|
| 5901 | if (!c.paragraph()->at( c.index() )->anchorHref().isEmpty() ) {
|
|---|
| 5902 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 5903 | viewport()->setCursor( onLink.isEmpty() ? arrowCursor : pointingHandCursor );
|
|---|
| 5904 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5905 | QUrl u( doc->context(), onLink, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5906 | emitHighlighted( u.toString( FALSE, FALSE ) );
|
|---|
| 5907 | }
|
|---|
| 5908 | } else {
|
|---|
| 5909 | #ifndef QT_NO_CURSOR
|
|---|
| 5910 | viewport()->setCursor( isReadOnly() ? arrowCursor : ibeamCursor );
|
|---|
| 5911 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5912 | onLink = QString::null;
|
|---|
| 5913 | emitHighlighted( QString::null );
|
|---|
| 5914 | }
|
|---|
| 5915 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5916 | }
|
|---|
| 5917 | }
|
|---|
| 5918 |
|
|---|
| 5919 | /*!
|
|---|
| 5920 | Places the cursor \a c at the character which is closest to position
|
|---|
| 5921 | \a pos (in contents coordinates). If \a c is 0, the default text
|
|---|
| 5922 | cursor is used.
|
|---|
| 5923 |
|
|---|
| 5924 | \sa setCursorPosition()
|
|---|
| 5925 | */
|
|---|
| 5926 | void QTextEdit::placeCursor( const QPoint &pos, QTextCursor *c )
|
|---|
| 5927 | {
|
|---|
| 5928 | placeCursor( pos, c, FALSE );
|
|---|
| 5929 | }
|
|---|
| 5930 |
|
|---|
| 5931 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 5932 | void QTextEdit::clipboardChanged()
|
|---|
| 5933 | {
|
|---|
| 5934 | #ifndef QT_NO_CLIPBOARD
|
|---|
| 5935 | // don't listen to selection changes
|
|---|
| 5936 | disconnect( QApplication::clipboard(), SIGNAL(selectionChanged()), this, 0);
|
|---|
| 5937 | #endif
|
|---|
| 5938 | selectAll(FALSE);
|
|---|
| 5939 | }
|
|---|
| 5940 |
|
|---|
| 5941 | /*! \property QTextEdit::tabChangesFocus
|
|---|
| 5942 | \brief whether TAB changes focus or is accepted as input
|
|---|
| 5943 |
|
|---|
| 5944 | In some occasions text edits should not allow the user to input
|
|---|
| 5945 | tabulators or change indentation using the TAB key, as this breaks
|
|---|
| 5946 | the focus chain. The default is FALSE.
|
|---|
| 5947 |
|
|---|
| 5948 | */
|
|---|
| 5949 |
|
|---|
| 5950 | void QTextEdit::setTabChangesFocus( bool b )
|
|---|
| 5951 | {
|
|---|
| 5952 | d->tabChangesFocus = b;
|
|---|
| 5953 | }
|
|---|
| 5954 |
|
|---|
| 5955 | bool QTextEdit::tabChangesFocus() const
|
|---|
| 5956 | {
|
|---|
| 5957 | return d->tabChangesFocus;
|
|---|
| 5958 | }
|
|---|
| 5959 |
|
|---|
| 5960 | #ifdef QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 5961 | /* Implementation of optimized LogText mode follows */
|
|---|
| 5962 |
|
|---|
| 5963 | static void qSwap( int * a, int * b )
|
|---|
| 5964 | {
|
|---|
| 5965 | if ( !a || !b )
|
|---|
| 5966 | return;
|
|---|
| 5967 | int tmp = *a;
|
|---|
| 5968 | *a = *b;
|
|---|
| 5969 | *b = tmp;
|
|---|
| 5970 | }
|
|---|
| 5971 |
|
|---|
| 5972 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 5973 | bool QTextEdit::checkOptimMode()
|
|---|
| 5974 | {
|
|---|
| 5975 | bool oldMode = d->optimMode;
|
|---|
| 5976 | if ( textFormat() == LogText ) {
|
|---|
| 5977 | setReadOnly( TRUE );
|
|---|
| 5978 | d->optimMode = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 5979 | } else {
|
|---|
| 5980 | d->optimMode = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 5981 | }
|
|---|
| 5982 |
|
|---|
| 5983 | // when changing mode - try to keep selections and text
|
|---|
| 5984 | if ( oldMode != d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 5985 | if ( d->optimMode ) {
|
|---|
| 5986 | d->od = new QTextEditOptimPrivate;
|
|---|
| 5987 | connect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( optimDoAutoScroll() ) );
|
|---|
| 5988 | disconnect( doc, SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ), this, SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
|
|---|
| 5989 | disconnect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
|
|---|
| 5990 | disconnect( formatTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( formatMore() ) );
|
|---|
| 5991 | optimSetText( doc->originalText() );
|
|---|
| 5992 | doc->clear(TRUE);
|
|---|
| 5993 | delete cursor;
|
|---|
| 5994 | cursor = new QTextCursor( doc );
|
|---|
| 5995 | } else {
|
|---|
| 5996 | disconnect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( optimDoAutoScroll() ) );
|
|---|
| 5997 | connect( doc, SIGNAL( minimumWidthChanged(int) ), this, SLOT( documentWidthChanged(int) ) );
|
|---|
| 5998 | connect( scrollTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( autoScrollTimerDone() ) );
|
|---|
| 5999 | connect( formatTimer, SIGNAL( timeout() ), this, SLOT( formatMore() ) );
|
|---|
| 6000 | setText( optimText() );
|
|---|
| 6001 | delete d->od;
|
|---|
| 6002 | d->od = 0;
|
|---|
| 6003 | }
|
|---|
| 6004 | }
|
|---|
| 6005 | return d->optimMode;
|
|---|
| 6006 | }
|
|---|
| 6007 |
|
|---|
| 6008 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 6009 | QString QTextEdit::optimText() const
|
|---|
| 6010 | {
|
|---|
| 6011 | QString str, tmp;
|
|---|
| 6012 |
|
|---|
| 6013 | if ( d->od->len == 0 )
|
|---|
| 6014 | return str;
|
|---|
| 6015 |
|
|---|
| 6016 | // concatenate all strings
|
|---|
| 6017 | int i;
|
|---|
| 6018 | int offset;
|
|---|
| 6019 | QMapConstIterator<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
|
|---|
| 6020 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
|
|---|
| 6021 | for ( i = 0; i < d->od->numLines; i++ ) {
|
|---|
| 6022 | if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].isEmpty() ) { // CR lines are empty
|
|---|
| 6023 | str += "\n";
|
|---|
| 6024 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6025 | tmp = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n";
|
|---|
| 6026 | // inject the tags for this line
|
|---|
| 6027 | if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(i) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
|
|---|
| 6028 | ftag = it.data();
|
|---|
| 6029 | offset = 0;
|
|---|
| 6030 | while ( ftag && ftag->line == i ) {
|
|---|
| 6031 | tmp.insert( ftag->index + offset, "<" + ftag->tag + ">" );
|
|---|
| 6032 | offset += ftag->tag.length() + 2; // 2 -> the '<' and '>' chars
|
|---|
| 6033 | ftag = ftag->next;
|
|---|
| 6034 | }
|
|---|
| 6035 | str += tmp;
|
|---|
| 6036 | }
|
|---|
| 6037 | }
|
|---|
| 6038 | return str;
|
|---|
| 6039 | }
|
|---|
| 6040 |
|
|---|
| 6041 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 6042 | void QTextEdit::optimSetText( const QString &str )
|
|---|
| 6043 | {
|
|---|
| 6044 | optimRemoveSelection();
|
|---|
| 6045 | // this is just too slow - but may have to go in due to compatibility reasons
|
|---|
| 6046 | // if ( str == optimText() )
|
|---|
| 6047 | // return;
|
|---|
| 6048 | d->od->numLines = 0;
|
|---|
| 6049 | d->od->lines.clear();
|
|---|
| 6050 | d->od->maxLineWidth = 0;
|
|---|
| 6051 | d->od->len = 0;
|
|---|
| 6052 | d->od->clearTags();
|
|---|
| 6053 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 6054 | if ( !(str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0) ) {
|
|---|
| 6055 | QStringList strl = QStringList::split( '\n', str, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 6056 | int lWidth = 0;
|
|---|
| 6057 | for ( QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin(); it != strl.end(); ++it ) {
|
|---|
| 6058 | optimParseTags( &*it );
|
|---|
| 6059 | optimCheckLimit( *it );
|
|---|
| 6060 | lWidth = fm.width( *it );
|
|---|
| 6061 | if ( lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth )
|
|---|
| 6062 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
|---|
| 6063 | }
|
|---|
| 6064 | }
|
|---|
| 6065 | resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
|
|---|
| 6066 | repaintContents();
|
|---|
| 6067 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 6068 | }
|
|---|
| 6069 |
|
|---|
| 6070 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 6071 |
|
|---|
| 6072 | Append \a tag to the tag list.
|
|---|
| 6073 | */
|
|---|
| 6074 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * QTextEdit::optimAppendTag( int index, const QString & tag )
|
|---|
| 6075 | {
|
|---|
| 6076 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * t = new QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, * tmp;
|
|---|
| 6077 |
|
|---|
| 6078 | if ( d->od->tags == 0 )
|
|---|
| 6079 | d->od->tags = t;
|
|---|
| 6080 | t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6081 | t->line = d->od->numLines;
|
|---|
| 6082 | t->index = index;
|
|---|
| 6083 | t->tag = tag;
|
|---|
| 6084 | t->leftTag = 0;
|
|---|
| 6085 | t->parent = 0;
|
|---|
| 6086 | t->prev = d->od->lastTag;
|
|---|
| 6087 | if ( d->od->lastTag )
|
|---|
| 6088 | d->od->lastTag->next = t;
|
|---|
| 6089 | t->next = 0;
|
|---|
| 6090 | d->od->lastTag = t;
|
|---|
| 6091 | tmp = d->od->tagIndex[ LOGOFFSET(t->line) ];
|
|---|
| 6092 | if ( !tmp || (tmp && tmp->index > t->index) ) {
|
|---|
| 6093 | d->od->tagIndex.replace( LOGOFFSET(t->line), t );
|
|---|
| 6094 | }
|
|---|
| 6095 | return t;
|
|---|
| 6096 | }
|
|---|
| 6097 |
|
|---|
| 6098 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 6099 |
|
|---|
| 6100 | Insert \a tag in the tag - according to line and index numbers
|
|---|
| 6101 | */
|
|---|
| 6102 |
|
|---|
| 6103 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *QTextEdit::optimInsertTag(int line, int index, const QString &tag)
|
|---|
| 6104 | {
|
|---|
| 6105 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = new QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag, *tmp;
|
|---|
| 6106 |
|
|---|
| 6107 | if (d->od->tags == 0)
|
|---|
| 6108 | d->od->tags = t;
|
|---|
| 6109 | t->bold = t->italic = t->underline = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6110 | t->line = line;
|
|---|
| 6111 | t->index = index;
|
|---|
| 6112 | t->tag = tag;
|
|---|
| 6113 | t->leftTag = 0;
|
|---|
| 6114 | t->parent = 0;
|
|---|
| 6115 | t->next = 0;
|
|---|
| 6116 | t->prev = 0;
|
|---|
| 6117 |
|
|---|
| 6118 | // find insertion pt. in tag struct.
|
|---|
| 6119 | QMap<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator it;
|
|---|
| 6120 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
|---|
| 6121 | tmp = *it;
|
|---|
| 6122 | if (tmp->index >= index) { // the exisiting tag may be placed AFTER the one we want to insert
|
|---|
| 6123 | tmp = tmp->prev;
|
|---|
| 6124 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6125 | while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line == line && tmp->next->index <= index)
|
|---|
| 6126 | tmp = tmp->next;
|
|---|
| 6127 | }
|
|---|
| 6128 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6129 | tmp = d->od->tags;
|
|---|
| 6130 | while (tmp && tmp->next && tmp->next->line < line)
|
|---|
| 6131 | tmp = tmp->next;
|
|---|
| 6132 | if (tmp == d->od->tags)
|
|---|
| 6133 | tmp = 0;
|
|---|
| 6134 | }
|
|---|
| 6135 |
|
|---|
| 6136 | t->prev = tmp;
|
|---|
| 6137 | t->next = tmp ? tmp->next : 0;
|
|---|
| 6138 | if (t->next)
|
|---|
| 6139 | t->next->prev = t;
|
|---|
| 6140 | if (tmp)
|
|---|
| 6141 | tmp->next = t;
|
|---|
| 6142 |
|
|---|
| 6143 | tmp = d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(t->line)];
|
|---|
| 6144 | if (!tmp || (tmp && tmp->index >= t->index)) {
|
|---|
| 6145 | d->od->tagIndex.replace(LOGOFFSET(t->line), t);
|
|---|
| 6146 | }
|
|---|
| 6147 | return t;
|
|---|
| 6148 | }
|
|---|
| 6149 |
|
|---|
| 6150 |
|
|---|
| 6151 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 6152 |
|
|---|
| 6153 | Find tags in \a line, remove them from \a line and put them in a
|
|---|
| 6154 | structure.
|
|---|
| 6155 |
|
|---|
| 6156 | A tag is delimited by '<' and '>'. The characters '<', '>' and '&'
|
|---|
| 6157 | are escaped by using '<', '>' and '&'. Left-tags marks
|
|---|
| 6158 | the starting point for formatting, while right-tags mark the ending
|
|---|
| 6159 | point. A right-tag is the same as a left-tag, but with a '/'
|
|---|
| 6160 | appearing before the tag keyword. E.g a valid left-tag: <b>, and
|
|---|
| 6161 | a valid right-tag: </b>. Tags can be nested, but they have to be
|
|---|
| 6162 | closed in the same order as they are opened. E.g:
|
|---|
| 6163 | <font color=red><font color=blue>blue</font>red</font> - is valid, while:
|
|---|
| 6164 | <font color=red><b>bold red</font> just bold</b> - is invalid since the font tag is
|
|---|
| 6165 | closed before the bold tag. Note that a tag does not have to be
|
|---|
| 6166 | closed: '<font color=blue>Lots of text - and then some..' is perfectly valid for
|
|---|
| 6167 | setting all text appearing after the tag to blue. A tag can be used
|
|---|
| 6168 | to change the color of a piece of text, or set one of the following
|
|---|
| 6169 | formatting attributes: bold, italic and underline. These attributes
|
|---|
| 6170 | are set using the <b>, <i> and <u> tags. Example of valid tags:
|
|---|
| 6171 | <font color=red>, </font>, <b>, <u>, <i>, </i>.
|
|---|
| 6172 | Example of valid text:
|
|---|
| 6173 | This is some <font color=red>red text</font>, while this is some <font color=green>green
|
|---|
| 6174 | text</font>. <font color=blue><font color=yellow>This is yellow</font>, while this is
|
|---|
| 6175 | blue.</font>
|
|---|
| 6176 |
|
|---|
| 6177 | Note that only the color attribute of the HTML font tag is supported.
|
|---|
| 6178 |
|
|---|
| 6179 | Limitations:
|
|---|
| 6180 | 1. A tag cannot span several lines.
|
|---|
| 6181 | 2. Very limited error checking - mismatching left/right-tags is the
|
|---|
| 6182 | only thing that is detected.
|
|---|
| 6183 |
|
|---|
| 6184 | */
|
|---|
| 6185 | void QTextEdit::optimParseTags( QString * line, int lineNo, int indexOffset )
|
|---|
| 6186 | {
|
|---|
| 6187 | int len = line->length();
|
|---|
| 6188 | int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
|
|---|
| 6189 | int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
|
|---|
| 6190 | bool tagOpen, tagClose;
|
|---|
| 6191 | int bold = 0, italic = 0, underline = 0;
|
|---|
| 6192 | QString tagStr;
|
|---|
| 6193 | QPtrStack<QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag> tagStack;
|
|---|
| 6194 |
|
|---|
| 6195 | for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
|
|---|
| 6196 | tagOpen = (*line)[i] == '<';
|
|---|
| 6197 | tagClose = (*line)[i] == '>';
|
|---|
| 6198 |
|
|---|
| 6199 | // handle '<' and '>' and '&'
|
|---|
| 6200 | if ( (*line)[i] == '&' ) {
|
|---|
| 6201 | escIndex = i;
|
|---|
| 6202 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6203 | } else if ( escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == ';' ) {
|
|---|
| 6204 | QString esc = line->mid( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1 );
|
|---|
| 6205 | QString c;
|
|---|
| 6206 | if ( esc == "<" )
|
|---|
| 6207 | c = '<';
|
|---|
| 6208 | else if ( esc == ">" )
|
|---|
| 6209 | c = '>';
|
|---|
| 6210 | else if ( esc == "&" )
|
|---|
| 6211 | c = '&';
|
|---|
| 6212 | line->replace( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c );
|
|---|
| 6213 | len = line->length();
|
|---|
| 6214 | i -= i-escIndex;
|
|---|
| 6215 | escIndex = -1;
|
|---|
| 6216 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6217 | }
|
|---|
| 6218 |
|
|---|
| 6219 | if ( state == 0 && tagOpen ) {
|
|---|
| 6220 | state = 1;
|
|---|
| 6221 | startIndex = i;
|
|---|
| 6222 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6223 | }
|
|---|
| 6224 | if ( state == 1 && tagClose ) {
|
|---|
| 6225 | state = 0;
|
|---|
| 6226 | endIndex = i;
|
|---|
| 6227 | if ( !tagStr.isEmpty() ) {
|
|---|
| 6228 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag, * cur, * tmp;
|
|---|
| 6229 | bool format = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6230 |
|
|---|
| 6231 | if ( tagStr == "b" )
|
|---|
| 6232 | bold++;
|
|---|
| 6233 | else if ( tagStr == "/b" )
|
|---|
| 6234 | bold--;
|
|---|
| 6235 | else if ( tagStr == "i" )
|
|---|
| 6236 | italic++;
|
|---|
| 6237 | else if ( tagStr == "/i" )
|
|---|
| 6238 | italic--;
|
|---|
| 6239 | else if ( tagStr == "u" )
|
|---|
| 6240 | underline++;
|
|---|
| 6241 | else if ( tagStr == "/u" )
|
|---|
| 6242 | underline--;
|
|---|
| 6243 | else
|
|---|
| 6244 | format = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6245 | if ( lineNo > -1 )
|
|---|
| 6246 | tag = optimInsertTag( lineNo, startIndex + indexOffset, tagStr );
|
|---|
| 6247 | else
|
|---|
| 6248 | tag = optimAppendTag( startIndex, tagStr );
|
|---|
| 6249 | // everything that is not a b, u or i tag is considered
|
|---|
| 6250 | // to be a color tag.
|
|---|
| 6251 | tag->type = format ? QTextEditOptimPrivate::Format
|
|---|
| 6252 | : QTextEditOptimPrivate::Color;
|
|---|
| 6253 | if ( tagStr[0] == '/' ) {
|
|---|
| 6254 | // this is a right-tag - search for the left-tag
|
|---|
| 6255 | // and possible parent tag
|
|---|
| 6256 | cur = tag->prev;
|
|---|
| 6257 | if ( !cur ) {
|
|---|
| 6258 | #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
|
|---|
| 6259 | qWarning( "QTextEdit::optimParseTags: no left-tag for '<" + tag->tag + ">' in line %d.", tag->line + 1 );
|
|---|
| 6260 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6261 | return; // something is wrong - give up
|
|---|
| 6262 | }
|
|---|
| 6263 | while ( cur ) {
|
|---|
| 6264 | if ( cur->leftTag ) { // push right-tags encountered
|
|---|
| 6265 | tagStack.push( cur );
|
|---|
| 6266 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6267 | tmp = tagStack.pop();
|
|---|
| 6268 | if ( !tmp ) {
|
|---|
| 6269 | if ( (("/" + cur->tag) == tag->tag) ||
|
|---|
| 6270 | (tag->tag == "/font" && cur->tag.left(4) == "font") ) {
|
|---|
| 6271 | // set up the left and parent of this tag
|
|---|
| 6272 | tag->leftTag = cur;
|
|---|
| 6273 | tmp = cur->prev;
|
|---|
| 6274 | if ( tmp && tmp->parent ) {
|
|---|
| 6275 | tag->parent = tmp->parent;
|
|---|
| 6276 | } else if ( tmp && !tmp->leftTag ) {
|
|---|
| 6277 | tag->parent = tmp;
|
|---|
| 6278 | }
|
|---|
| 6279 | break;
|
|---|
| 6280 | } else if ( !cur->leftTag ) {
|
|---|
| 6281 | #ifdef QT_CHECK_RANGE
|
|---|
| 6282 | qWarning( "QTextEdit::optimParseTags: mismatching %s-tag for '<" + cur->tag + ">' in line %d.", cur->tag[0] == '/' ? "left" : "right", cur->line + 1 );
|
|---|
| 6283 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6284 | return; // something is amiss - give up
|
|---|
| 6285 | }
|
|---|
| 6286 | }
|
|---|
| 6287 | }
|
|---|
| 6288 | cur = cur->prev;
|
|---|
| 6289 | }
|
|---|
| 6290 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6291 | tag->bold = bold > 0;
|
|---|
| 6292 | tag->italic = italic > 0;
|
|---|
| 6293 | tag->underline = underline > 0;
|
|---|
| 6294 | tmp = tag->prev;
|
|---|
| 6295 | while ( tmp && tmp->leftTag ) {
|
|---|
| 6296 | tmp = tmp->leftTag->parent;
|
|---|
| 6297 | }
|
|---|
| 6298 | if ( tmp ) {
|
|---|
| 6299 | tag->bold |= tmp->bold;
|
|---|
| 6300 | tag->italic |= tmp->italic;
|
|---|
| 6301 | tag->underline |= tmp->underline;
|
|---|
| 6302 | }
|
|---|
| 6303 | }
|
|---|
| 6304 | }
|
|---|
| 6305 | if ( startIndex != -1 ) {
|
|---|
| 6306 | int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
|
|---|
| 6307 | line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
|
|---|
| 6308 | line->remove( startIndex, l+1 );
|
|---|
| 6309 | len = line->length();
|
|---|
| 6310 | i -= l+1;
|
|---|
| 6311 | }
|
|---|
| 6312 | tagStr = "";
|
|---|
| 6313 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6314 | }
|
|---|
| 6315 |
|
|---|
| 6316 | if ( state == 1 ) {
|
|---|
| 6317 | tagStr += (*line)[i];
|
|---|
| 6318 | }
|
|---|
| 6319 | }
|
|---|
| 6320 | }
|
|---|
| 6321 |
|
|---|
| 6322 | // calculate the width of a string in pixels inc. tabs
|
|---|
| 6323 | static int qStrWidth(const QString& str, int tabWidth, const QFontMetrics& fm)
|
|---|
| 6324 | {
|
|---|
| 6325 | int tabs = str.contains('\t');
|
|---|
| 6326 |
|
|---|
| 6327 | if (!tabs)
|
|---|
| 6328 | return fm.width(str);
|
|---|
| 6329 |
|
|---|
| 6330 | int newIdx = 0;
|
|---|
| 6331 | int lastIdx = 0;
|
|---|
| 6332 | int strWidth = 0;
|
|---|
| 6333 | int tn;
|
|---|
| 6334 | for (tn = 1; tn <= tabs; ++tn) {
|
|---|
| 6335 | newIdx = str.find('\t', newIdx);
|
|---|
| 6336 | strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(lastIdx, newIdx - lastIdx));
|
|---|
| 6337 | if (strWidth >= tn * tabWidth) {
|
|---|
| 6338 | int u = tn;
|
|---|
| 6339 | while (strWidth >= u * tabWidth)
|
|---|
| 6340 | ++u;
|
|---|
| 6341 | strWidth = u * tabWidth;
|
|---|
| 6342 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6343 | strWidth = tn * tabWidth;
|
|---|
| 6344 | }
|
|---|
| 6345 | lastIdx = ++newIdx;
|
|---|
| 6346 | }
|
|---|
| 6347 | if ((int)str.length() > newIdx)
|
|---|
| 6348 | strWidth += fm.width(str.mid(newIdx));
|
|---|
| 6349 | return strWidth;
|
|---|
| 6350 | }
|
|---|
| 6351 |
|
|---|
| 6352 | bool QTextEdit::optimHasBoldMetrics(int line)
|
|---|
| 6353 | {
|
|---|
| 6354 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t;
|
|---|
| 6355 | QMapConstIterator<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
|
|---|
| 6356 | if ((it = d->od->tagIndex.find(line)) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
|---|
| 6357 | t = *it;
|
|---|
| 6358 | while (t && t->line == line) {
|
|---|
| 6359 | if (t->bold)
|
|---|
| 6360 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6361 | t = t->next;
|
|---|
| 6362 | }
|
|---|
| 6363 | } else if ((t = optimPreviousLeftTag(line)) && t->bold) {
|
|---|
| 6364 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6365 | }
|
|---|
| 6366 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6367 | }
|
|---|
| 6368 |
|
|---|
| 6369 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 6370 |
|
|---|
| 6371 | Append \a str to the current text buffer. Parses each line to find
|
|---|
| 6372 | formatting tags.
|
|---|
| 6373 | */
|
|---|
| 6374 | void QTextEdit::optimAppend( const QString &str )
|
|---|
| 6375 | {
|
|---|
| 6376 | if ( str.isEmpty() || str.isNull() || d->maxLogLines == 0 )
|
|---|
| 6377 | return;
|
|---|
| 6378 |
|
|---|
| 6379 | QStringList strl = QStringList::split( '\n', str, TRUE );
|
|---|
| 6380 | QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
|
|---|
| 6381 |
|
|---|
| 6382 | QFontMetrics fm(QScrollView::font());
|
|---|
| 6383 | int lWidth = 0;
|
|---|
| 6384 |
|
|---|
| 6385 | for ( ; it != strl.end(); ++it ) {
|
|---|
| 6386 | optimParseTags( &*it );
|
|---|
| 6387 | optimCheckLimit( *it );
|
|---|
| 6388 | if (optimHasBoldMetrics(d->od->numLines-1)) {
|
|---|
| 6389 | QFont fnt = QScrollView::font();
|
|---|
| 6390 | fnt.setBold(TRUE);
|
|---|
| 6391 | fm = QFontMetrics(fnt);
|
|---|
| 6392 | }
|
|---|
| 6393 | lWidth = qStrWidth(*it, tabStopWidth(), fm) + 4;
|
|---|
| 6394 | if ( lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth )
|
|---|
| 6395 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
|---|
| 6396 | }
|
|---|
| 6397 | bool scrollToEnd = contentsY() >= contentsHeight() - visibleHeight();
|
|---|
| 6398 | resizeContents( d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1 );
|
|---|
| 6399 | if ( scrollToEnd ) {
|
|---|
| 6400 | updateScrollBars();
|
|---|
| 6401 | ensureVisible( contentsX(), contentsHeight(), 0, 0 );
|
|---|
| 6402 | }
|
|---|
| 6403 | // when a max log size is set, the text may not be redrawn because
|
|---|
| 6404 | // the size of the viewport may not have changed
|
|---|
| 6405 | if ( d->maxLogLines > -1 )
|
|---|
| 6406 | viewport()->update();
|
|---|
| 6407 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 6408 | }
|
|---|
| 6409 |
|
|---|
| 6410 |
|
|---|
| 6411 | static void qStripTags(QString *line)
|
|---|
| 6412 | {
|
|---|
| 6413 | int len = line->length();
|
|---|
| 6414 | int i, startIndex = -1, endIndex = -1, escIndex = -1;
|
|---|
| 6415 | int state = 0; // 0 = outside tag, 1 = inside tag
|
|---|
| 6416 | bool tagOpen, tagClose;
|
|---|
| 6417 |
|
|---|
| 6418 | for ( i = 0; i < len; i++ ) {
|
|---|
| 6419 | tagOpen = (*line)[i] == '<';
|
|---|
| 6420 | tagClose = (*line)[i] == '>';
|
|---|
| 6421 |
|
|---|
| 6422 | // handle '<' and '>' and '&'
|
|---|
| 6423 | if ( (*line)[i] == '&' ) {
|
|---|
| 6424 | escIndex = i;
|
|---|
| 6425 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6426 | } else if ( escIndex != -1 && (*line)[i] == ';' ) {
|
|---|
| 6427 | QString esc = line->mid( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1 );
|
|---|
| 6428 | QString c;
|
|---|
| 6429 | if ( esc == "<" )
|
|---|
| 6430 | c = '<';
|
|---|
| 6431 | else if ( esc == ">" )
|
|---|
| 6432 | c = '>';
|
|---|
| 6433 | else if ( esc == "&" )
|
|---|
| 6434 | c = '&';
|
|---|
| 6435 | line->replace( escIndex, i - escIndex + 1, c );
|
|---|
| 6436 | len = line->length();
|
|---|
| 6437 | i -= i-escIndex;
|
|---|
| 6438 | escIndex = -1;
|
|---|
| 6439 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6440 | }
|
|---|
| 6441 |
|
|---|
| 6442 | if ( state == 0 && tagOpen ) {
|
|---|
| 6443 | state = 1;
|
|---|
| 6444 | startIndex = i;
|
|---|
| 6445 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6446 | }
|
|---|
| 6447 | if ( state == 1 && tagClose ) {
|
|---|
| 6448 | state = 0;
|
|---|
| 6449 | endIndex = i;
|
|---|
| 6450 | if ( startIndex != -1 ) {
|
|---|
| 6451 | int l = (endIndex == -1) ?
|
|---|
| 6452 | line->length() - startIndex : endIndex - startIndex;
|
|---|
| 6453 | line->remove( startIndex, l+1 );
|
|---|
| 6454 | len = line->length();
|
|---|
| 6455 | i -= l+1;
|
|---|
| 6456 | }
|
|---|
| 6457 | continue;
|
|---|
| 6458 | }
|
|---|
| 6459 | }
|
|---|
| 6460 | }
|
|---|
| 6461 |
|
|---|
| 6462 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 6463 |
|
|---|
| 6464 | Inserts the text into \a line at index \a index.
|
|---|
| 6465 | */
|
|---|
| 6466 |
|
|---|
| 6467 | void QTextEdit::optimInsert(const QString& text, int line, int index)
|
|---|
| 6468 | {
|
|---|
| 6469 | if (text.isEmpty() || d->maxLogLines == 0)
|
|---|
| 6470 | return;
|
|---|
| 6471 | if (line < 0)
|
|---|
| 6472 | line = 0;
|
|---|
| 6473 | if (line > d->od->numLines-1)
|
|---|
| 6474 | line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|---|
| 6475 | if (index < 0)
|
|---|
| 6476 | index = 0;
|
|---|
| 6477 | if (index > (int) d->od->lines[line].length())
|
|---|
| 6478 | index = d->od->lines[line].length();
|
|---|
| 6479 |
|
|---|
| 6480 | QStringList strl = QStringList::split('\n', text, TRUE);
|
|---|
| 6481 | int numNewLines = strl.count() - 1;
|
|---|
| 6482 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *tag = 0;
|
|---|
| 6483 | QMap<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *>::ConstIterator ii;
|
|---|
| 6484 | int x;
|
|---|
| 6485 |
|
|---|
| 6486 | if (numNewLines == 0) {
|
|---|
| 6487 | // Case 1. Fast single line case - just inject it!
|
|---|
| 6488 | QString stripped = text;
|
|---|
| 6489 | qStripTags( &stripped );
|
|---|
| 6490 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].insert(index, stripped);
|
|---|
| 6491 | // move the tag indices following the insertion pt.
|
|---|
| 6492 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
|---|
| 6493 | tag = *ii;
|
|---|
| 6494 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
|
|---|
| 6495 | tag = tag->next;
|
|---|
| 6496 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)) {
|
|---|
| 6497 | tag->index += stripped.length();
|
|---|
| 6498 | tag = tag->next;
|
|---|
| 6499 | }
|
|---|
| 6500 | }
|
|---|
| 6501 | stripped = text;
|
|---|
| 6502 | optimParseTags(&stripped, line, index);
|
|---|
| 6503 | } else if (numNewLines > 0) {
|
|---|
| 6504 | // Case 2. We have at least 1 newline char - split at
|
|---|
| 6505 | // insertion pt. and make room for new lines - complex and slow!
|
|---|
| 6506 | QString left = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].left(index);
|
|---|
| 6507 | QString right = d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(line)].mid(index);
|
|---|
| 6508 |
|
|---|
| 6509 | // rearrange lines for insertion
|
|---|
| 6510 | for (x = d->od->numLines - 1; x > line; x--)
|
|---|
| 6511 | d->od->lines[x + numNewLines] = d->od->lines[x];
|
|---|
| 6512 | d->od->numLines += numNewLines;
|
|---|
| 6513 |
|
|---|
| 6514 | // fix the tag index and the tag line/index numbers - this
|
|---|
| 6515 | // might take a while..
|
|---|
| 6516 | for (x = line; x < d->od->numLines; x++) {
|
|---|
| 6517 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
|---|
| 6518 | tag = ii.data();
|
|---|
| 6519 | if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
|
|---|
| 6520 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line && tag->index < index))
|
|---|
| 6521 | tag = tag->next;
|
|---|
| 6522 | }
|
|---|
| 6523 | }
|
|---|
| 6524 |
|
|---|
| 6525 | // relabel affected tags with new line numbers and new index
|
|---|
| 6526 | // positions
|
|---|
| 6527 | while (tag) {
|
|---|
| 6528 | if (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line)
|
|---|
| 6529 | tag->index -= index;
|
|---|
| 6530 | tag->line += numNewLines;
|
|---|
| 6531 | tag = tag->next;
|
|---|
| 6532 | }
|
|---|
| 6533 |
|
|---|
| 6534 | // generate a new tag index
|
|---|
| 6535 | d->od->tagIndex.clear();
|
|---|
| 6536 | tag = d->od->tags;
|
|---|
| 6537 | while (tag) {
|
|---|
| 6538 | if (!((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(tag->line))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()))
|
|---|
| 6539 | d->od->tagIndex[LOGOFFSET(tag->line)] = tag;
|
|---|
| 6540 | tag = tag->next;
|
|---|
| 6541 | }
|
|---|
| 6542 |
|
|---|
| 6543 | // update the tag indices on the spliced line - needs to be done before new tags are added
|
|---|
| 6544 | QString stripped = strl[strl.count() - 1];
|
|---|
| 6545 | qStripTags(&stripped);
|
|---|
| 6546 | if ((ii = d->od->tagIndex.find(LOGOFFSET(line + numNewLines))) != d->od->tagIndex.end()) {
|
|---|
| 6547 | tag = *ii;
|
|---|
| 6548 | while (tag && (LOGOFFSET(tag->line) == line + numNewLines)) {
|
|---|
| 6549 | tag->index += stripped.length();
|
|---|
| 6550 | tag = tag->next;
|
|---|
| 6551 | }
|
|---|
| 6552 | }
|
|---|
| 6553 |
|
|---|
| 6554 | // inject the new lines
|
|---|
| 6555 | QStringList::Iterator it = strl.begin();
|
|---|
| 6556 | x = line;
|
|---|
| 6557 | int idx;
|
|---|
| 6558 | for (; it != strl.end(); ++it) {
|
|---|
| 6559 | stripped = *it;
|
|---|
| 6560 | qStripTags(&stripped);
|
|---|
| 6561 | if (x == line) {
|
|---|
| 6562 | stripped = left + stripped;
|
|---|
| 6563 | idx = index;
|
|---|
| 6564 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6565 | idx = 0;
|
|---|
| 6566 | }
|
|---|
| 6567 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x)] = stripped;
|
|---|
| 6568 | optimParseTags(&*it, x++, idx);
|
|---|
| 6569 | }
|
|---|
| 6570 | d->od->lines[LOGOFFSET(x - 1)] += right;
|
|---|
| 6571 | }
|
|---|
| 6572 | // recalculate the pixel width of the longest injected line -
|
|---|
| 6573 | QFontMetrics fm(QScrollView::font());
|
|---|
| 6574 | int lWidth = 0;
|
|---|
| 6575 |
|
|---|
| 6576 | for (x = line; x < line + numNewLines; x++) {
|
|---|
| 6577 | if (optimHasBoldMetrics(x)) {
|
|---|
| 6578 | QFont fnt = QScrollView::font();
|
|---|
| 6579 | fnt.setBold(TRUE);
|
|---|
| 6580 | fm = QFontMetrics(fnt);
|
|---|
| 6581 | }
|
|---|
| 6582 | lWidth = fm.width(d->od->lines[x]) + 4;
|
|---|
| 6583 | if (lWidth > d->od->maxLineWidth)
|
|---|
| 6584 | d->od->maxLineWidth = lWidth;
|
|---|
| 6585 | }
|
|---|
| 6586 | resizeContents(d->od->maxLineWidth + 4, d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() + 1);
|
|---|
| 6587 | repaintContents();
|
|---|
| 6588 | emit textChanged();
|
|---|
| 6589 | }
|
|---|
| 6590 |
|
|---|
| 6591 |
|
|---|
| 6592 |
|
|---|
| 6593 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 6594 |
|
|---|
| 6595 | Returns the first open left-tag appearing before line \a line.
|
|---|
| 6596 | */
|
|---|
| 6597 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * QTextEdit::optimPreviousLeftTag( int line )
|
|---|
| 6598 | {
|
|---|
| 6599 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * ftag = 0;
|
|---|
| 6600 | QMapConstIterator<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
|
|---|
| 6601 | if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(line) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
|
|---|
| 6602 | ftag = it.data();
|
|---|
| 6603 | if ( !ftag ) {
|
|---|
| 6604 | // start searching for an open tag
|
|---|
| 6605 | ftag = d->od->tags;
|
|---|
| 6606 | while ( ftag ) {
|
|---|
| 6607 | if ( ftag->line > line || ftag->next == 0 ) {
|
|---|
| 6608 | if ( ftag->line > line )
|
|---|
| 6609 | ftag = ftag->prev;
|
|---|
| 6610 | break;
|
|---|
| 6611 | }
|
|---|
| 6612 | ftag = ftag->next;
|
|---|
| 6613 | }
|
|---|
| 6614 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6615 | ftag = ftag->prev;
|
|---|
| 6616 | }
|
|---|
| 6617 |
|
|---|
| 6618 | if ( ftag ) {
|
|---|
| 6619 | if ( ftag && ftag->parent ) // use the open parent tag
|
|---|
| 6620 | ftag = ftag->parent;
|
|---|
| 6621 | else if ( ftag && ftag->leftTag ) // this is a right-tag with no parent
|
|---|
| 6622 | ftag = 0;
|
|---|
| 6623 | }
|
|---|
| 6624 | return ftag;
|
|---|
| 6625 | }
|
|---|
| 6626 |
|
|---|
| 6627 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 6628 |
|
|---|
| 6629 | Set the format for the string starting at index \a start and ending
|
|---|
| 6630 | at \a end according to \a tag. If \a tag is a Format tag, find the
|
|---|
| 6631 | first open color tag appearing before \a tag and use that tag to
|
|---|
| 6632 | color the string.
|
|---|
| 6633 | */
|
|---|
| 6634 | void QTextEdit::optimSetTextFormat( QTextDocument * td, QTextCursor * cur,
|
|---|
| 6635 | QTextFormat * f, int start, int end,
|
|---|
| 6636 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag )
|
|---|
| 6637 | {
|
|---|
| 6638 | int formatFlags = QTextFormat::Bold | QTextFormat::Italic |
|
|---|
| 6639 | QTextFormat::Underline;
|
|---|
| 6640 | cur->setIndex( start );
|
|---|
| 6641 | td->setSelectionStart( 0, *cur );
|
|---|
| 6642 | cur->setIndex( end );
|
|---|
| 6643 | td->setSelectionEnd( 0, *cur );
|
|---|
| 6644 | QStyleSheetItem * ssItem = styleSheet()->item( tag->tag );
|
|---|
| 6645 | if ( !ssItem || tag->type == QTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ) {
|
|---|
| 6646 | f->setBold( tag->bold );
|
|---|
| 6647 | f->setItalic( tag->italic );
|
|---|
| 6648 | f->setUnderline( tag->underline );
|
|---|
| 6649 | if ( tag->type == QTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ) {
|
|---|
| 6650 | // check to see if there are any open color tags prior to
|
|---|
| 6651 | // this format tag
|
|---|
| 6652 | tag = tag->prev;
|
|---|
| 6653 | while ( tag && (tag->type == QTextEditOptimPrivate::Format ||
|
|---|
| 6654 | tag->leftTag) ) {
|
|---|
| 6655 | tag = tag->leftTag ? tag->parent : tag->prev;
|
|---|
| 6656 | }
|
|---|
| 6657 | }
|
|---|
| 6658 | if ( tag ) {
|
|---|
| 6659 | QString col = tag->tag.simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
|---|
| 6660 | if ( col.left( 10 ) == "font color" ) {
|
|---|
| 6661 | int i = col.find( '=', 10 );
|
|---|
| 6662 | col = col.mid( i + 1 ).simplifyWhiteSpace();
|
|---|
| 6663 | if ( col[0] == '\"' )
|
|---|
| 6664 | col = col.mid( 1, col.length() - 2 );
|
|---|
| 6665 | }
|
|---|
| 6666 | QColor color = QColor( col );
|
|---|
| 6667 | if ( color.isValid() ) {
|
|---|
| 6668 | formatFlags |= QTextFormat::Color;
|
|---|
| 6669 | f->setColor( color );
|
|---|
| 6670 | }
|
|---|
| 6671 | }
|
|---|
| 6672 | } else { // use the stylesheet tag definition
|
|---|
| 6673 | if ( ssItem->color().isValid() ) {
|
|---|
| 6674 | formatFlags |= QTextFormat::Color;
|
|---|
| 6675 | f->setColor( ssItem->color() );
|
|---|
| 6676 | }
|
|---|
| 6677 | f->setBold( ssItem->fontWeight() == QFont::Bold );
|
|---|
| 6678 | f->setItalic( ssItem->fontItalic() );
|
|---|
| 6679 | f->setUnderline( ssItem->fontUnderline() );
|
|---|
| 6680 | }
|
|---|
| 6681 | td->setFormat( 0, f, formatFlags );
|
|---|
| 6682 | td->removeSelection( 0 );
|
|---|
| 6683 | }
|
|---|
| 6684 |
|
|---|
| 6685 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 6686 | void QTextEdit::optimDrawContents( QPainter * p, int clipx, int clipy,
|
|---|
| 6687 | int clipw, int cliph )
|
|---|
| 6688 | {
|
|---|
| 6689 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 6690 | int startLine = clipy / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 6691 |
|
|---|
| 6692 | // we always have to fetch at least two lines for drawing because the
|
|---|
| 6693 | // painter may be translated so that parts of two lines cover the area
|
|---|
| 6694 | // of a single line
|
|---|
| 6695 | int nLines = (cliph / fm.lineSpacing()) + 2;
|
|---|
| 6696 | int endLine = startLine + nLines;
|
|---|
| 6697 |
|
|---|
| 6698 | if ( startLine >= d->od->numLines ) {
|
|---|
| 6699 | #if defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 6700 | // see below for more info
|
|---|
| 6701 | p->eraseRect( clipx, clipy, clipw, cliph );
|
|---|
| 6702 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6703 | return;
|
|---|
| 6704 | }
|
|---|
| 6705 |
|
|---|
| 6706 | if ( (startLine + nLines) > d->od->numLines )
|
|---|
| 6707 | nLines = d->od->numLines - startLine;
|
|---|
| 6708 |
|
|---|
| 6709 | int i = 0;
|
|---|
| 6710 | QString str;
|
|---|
| 6711 | for ( i = startLine; i < (startLine + nLines); i++ )
|
|---|
| 6712 | str.append( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n" );
|
|---|
| 6713 |
|
|---|
| 6714 | QTextDocument * td = new QTextDocument( 0 );
|
|---|
| 6715 | td->setDefaultFormat( QScrollView::font(), QColor() );
|
|---|
| 6716 | td->setPlainText( str );
|
|---|
| 6717 | td->setFormatter( new QTextFormatterBreakWords ); // deleted by QTextDoc
|
|---|
| 6718 | td->formatter()->setWrapEnabled( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 6719 | td->setTabStops(doc->tabStopWidth());
|
|---|
| 6720 |
|
|---|
| 6721 | // get the current text color from the current format
|
|---|
| 6722 | td->selectAll( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 6723 | QTextFormat f;
|
|---|
| 6724 | f.setColor( colorGroup().text() );
|
|---|
| 6725 | f.setFont( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 6726 | td->setFormat( QTextDocument::Standard, &f,
|
|---|
| 6727 | QTextFormat::Color | QTextFormat::Font );
|
|---|
| 6728 | td->removeSelection( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 6729 |
|
|---|
| 6730 | // add tag formatting
|
|---|
| 6731 | if ( d->od->tags ) {
|
|---|
| 6732 | int i = startLine;
|
|---|
| 6733 | QMapConstIterator<int,QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> it;
|
|---|
| 6734 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag * tag = 0, * tmp = 0;
|
|---|
| 6735 | QTextCursor cur( td );
|
|---|
| 6736 | // Step 1 - find previous left-tag
|
|---|
| 6737 | tmp = optimPreviousLeftTag( i );
|
|---|
| 6738 | for ( ; i < startLine + nLines; i++ ) {
|
|---|
| 6739 | if ( (it = d->od->tagIndex.find( LOGOFFSET(i) )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
|
|---|
| 6740 | tag = it.data();
|
|---|
| 6741 | // Step 2 - iterate over tags on the current line
|
|---|
| 6742 | int lastIndex = 0;
|
|---|
| 6743 | while ( tag && tag->line == i ) {
|
|---|
| 6744 | tmp = 0;
|
|---|
| 6745 | if ( tag->prev && !tag->prev->leftTag ) {
|
|---|
| 6746 | tmp = tag->prev;
|
|---|
| 6747 | } else if ( tag->prev && tag->prev->parent ) {
|
|---|
| 6748 | tmp = tag->prev->parent;
|
|---|
| 6749 | }
|
|---|
| 6750 | if ( (tag->index - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp ) {
|
|---|
| 6751 | optimSetTextFormat( td, &cur, &f, lastIndex, tag->index, tmp );
|
|---|
| 6752 | }
|
|---|
| 6753 | lastIndex = tag->index;
|
|---|
| 6754 | tmp = tag;
|
|---|
| 6755 | tag = tag->next;
|
|---|
| 6756 | }
|
|---|
| 6757 | // Step 3 - color last part of the line - if necessary
|
|---|
| 6758 | if ( tmp && tmp->parent )
|
|---|
| 6759 | tmp = tmp->parent;
|
|---|
| 6760 | if ( (cur.paragraph()->length()-1 - lastIndex) > 0 && tmp && !tmp->leftTag ) {
|
|---|
| 6761 | optimSetTextFormat( td, &cur, &f, lastIndex,
|
|---|
| 6762 | cur.paragraph()->length() - 1, tmp );
|
|---|
| 6763 | }
|
|---|
| 6764 | cur.setParagraph( cur.paragraph()->next() );
|
|---|
| 6765 | }
|
|---|
| 6766 | // useful debug info
|
|---|
| 6767 | //
|
|---|
| 6768 | // tag = d->od->tags;
|
|---|
| 6769 | // qWarning("###");
|
|---|
| 6770 | // while ( tag ) {
|
|---|
| 6771 | // qWarning( "Tag: %p, parent: %09p, leftTag: %09p, Name: %-15s, ParentName: %s, %d%d%d", tag,
|
|---|
| 6772 | // tag->parent, tag->leftTag, tag->tag.latin1(), tag->parent ? tag->parent->tag.latin1():"<none>",
|
|---|
| 6773 | // tag->bold, tag->italic, tag->underline );
|
|---|
| 6774 | // tag = tag->next;
|
|---|
| 6775 | // }
|
|---|
| 6776 | }
|
|---|
| 6777 |
|
|---|
| 6778 | // if there is a selection, make sure that the selection in the
|
|---|
| 6779 | // part we need to redraw is set correctly
|
|---|
| 6780 | if ( optimHasSelection() ) {
|
|---|
| 6781 | QTextCursor c1( td );
|
|---|
| 6782 | QTextCursor c2( td );
|
|---|
| 6783 | int selStart = d->od->selStart.line;
|
|---|
| 6784 | int idxStart = d->od->selStart.index;
|
|---|
| 6785 | int selEnd = d->od->selEnd.line;
|
|---|
| 6786 | int idxEnd = d->od->selEnd.index;
|
|---|
| 6787 | if ( selEnd < selStart ) {
|
|---|
| 6788 | qSwap( &selStart, &selEnd );
|
|---|
| 6789 | qSwap( &idxStart, &idxEnd );
|
|---|
| 6790 | }
|
|---|
| 6791 | if ( selEnd > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
|
|---|
| 6792 | selEnd = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|---|
| 6793 | }
|
|---|
| 6794 | if ( startLine <= selStart && endLine >= selEnd ) {
|
|---|
| 6795 | // case 1: area to paint covers entire selection
|
|---|
| 6796 | int paragS = selStart - startLine;
|
|---|
| 6797 | int paragE = paragS + (selEnd - selStart);
|
|---|
| 6798 | QTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragS );
|
|---|
| 6799 | if ( parag ) {
|
|---|
| 6800 | c1.setParagraph( parag );
|
|---|
| 6801 | if ( td->text( paragS ).length() >= (uint) idxStart )
|
|---|
| 6802 | c1.setIndex( idxStart );
|
|---|
| 6803 | }
|
|---|
| 6804 | parag = td->paragAt( paragE );
|
|---|
| 6805 | if ( parag ) {
|
|---|
| 6806 | c2.setParagraph( parag );
|
|---|
| 6807 | if ( td->text( paragE ).length() >= (uint) idxEnd )
|
|---|
| 6808 | c2.setIndex( idxEnd );
|
|---|
| 6809 | }
|
|---|
| 6810 | } else if ( startLine > selStart && endLine < selEnd ) {
|
|---|
| 6811 | // case 2: area to paint is all part of the selection
|
|---|
| 6812 | td->selectAll( QTextDocument::Standard );
|
|---|
| 6813 | } else if ( startLine > selStart && endLine >= selEnd &&
|
|---|
| 6814 | startLine <= selEnd ) {
|
|---|
| 6815 | // case 3: area to paint starts inside a selection, ends past it
|
|---|
| 6816 | c1.setParagraph( td->firstParagraph() );
|
|---|
| 6817 | c1.setIndex( 0 );
|
|---|
| 6818 | int paragE = selEnd - startLine;
|
|---|
| 6819 | QTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragE );
|
|---|
| 6820 | if ( parag ) {
|
|---|
| 6821 | c2.setParagraph( parag );
|
|---|
| 6822 | if ( td->text( paragE ).length() >= (uint) idxEnd )
|
|---|
| 6823 | c2.setIndex( idxEnd );
|
|---|
| 6824 | }
|
|---|
| 6825 | } else if ( startLine <= selStart && endLine < selEnd &&
|
|---|
| 6826 | endLine > selStart ) {
|
|---|
| 6827 | // case 4: area to paint starts before a selection, ends inside it
|
|---|
| 6828 | int paragS = selStart - startLine;
|
|---|
| 6829 | QTextParagraph * parag = td->paragAt( paragS );
|
|---|
| 6830 | if ( parag ) {
|
|---|
| 6831 | c1.setParagraph( parag );
|
|---|
| 6832 | c1.setIndex( idxStart );
|
|---|
| 6833 | }
|
|---|
| 6834 | c2.setParagraph( td->lastParagraph() );
|
|---|
| 6835 | c2.setIndex( td->lastParagraph()->string()->toString().length() - 1 );
|
|---|
| 6836 |
|
|---|
| 6837 | }
|
|---|
| 6838 | // previously selected?
|
|---|
| 6839 | if ( !td->hasSelection( QTextDocument::Standard ) ) {
|
|---|
| 6840 | td->setSelectionStart( QTextDocument::Standard, c1 );
|
|---|
| 6841 | td->setSelectionEnd( QTextDocument::Standard, c2 );
|
|---|
| 6842 | }
|
|---|
| 6843 | }
|
|---|
| 6844 | td->doLayout( p, contentsWidth() );
|
|---|
| 6845 |
|
|---|
| 6846 | // have to align the painter so that partly visible lines are
|
|---|
| 6847 | // drawn at the correct position within the area that needs to be
|
|---|
| 6848 | // painted
|
|---|
| 6849 | int offset = clipy % fm.lineSpacing() + 2;
|
|---|
| 6850 | QRect r( clipx, 0, clipw, cliph + offset );
|
|---|
| 6851 | p->translate( 0, clipy - offset );
|
|---|
| 6852 | td->draw( p, r.x(), r.y(), r.width(), r.height(), colorGroup() );
|
|---|
| 6853 | p->translate( 0, -(clipy - offset) );
|
|---|
| 6854 |
|
|---|
| 6855 | #if defined (Q_WS_PM)
|
|---|
| 6856 | // QTextEdit has WResizeNoErase and WRepaintNoErase flags (actually applied
|
|---|
| 6857 | // to the viewport()), so we must erase areas not covered by the text doc.
|
|---|
| 6858 | // [Win32 version feels ok without this, because it doesn't actually
|
|---|
| 6859 | // fully obey WResizeNoErase and WRepaintNoErase: WM_ERASEBKGND always
|
|---|
| 6860 | // erases the background before WM_PAINT and after every resize].
|
|---|
| 6861 |
|
|---|
| 6862 | int tw = td->width();
|
|---|
| 6863 | // calculate the height the text doc will occupy starting with clipy
|
|---|
| 6864 | int th = td->height() - offset;
|
|---|
| 6865 | if ( clipx + clipw > td->width() ) {
|
|---|
| 6866 | // erase background to the left of every line
|
|---|
| 6867 | p->eraseRect( tw, clipy, clipx + clipw - tw, th );
|
|---|
| 6868 | }
|
|---|
| 6869 | if ( cliph > th ) {
|
|---|
| 6870 | // erase background under the text doc
|
|---|
| 6871 | p->eraseRect( clipx, clipy + th, clipw, cliph - th );
|
|---|
| 6872 | }
|
|---|
| 6873 | #endif
|
|---|
| 6874 |
|
|---|
| 6875 | delete td;
|
|---|
| 6876 | }
|
|---|
| 6877 |
|
|---|
| 6878 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 6879 | void QTextEdit::optimMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
|---|
| 6880 | {
|
|---|
| 6881 | if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
|---|
| 6882 | return;
|
|---|
| 6883 |
|
|---|
| 6884 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 6885 | mousePressed = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6886 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
|---|
| 6887 | d->od->selStart.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 6888 | if ( d->od->selStart.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
|
|---|
| 6889 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|---|
| 6890 | d->od->selStart.index = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines-1) ].length();
|
|---|
| 6891 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6892 | QString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selStart.line) ];
|
|---|
| 6893 | d->od->selStart.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
|
|---|
| 6894 | }
|
|---|
| 6895 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->selStart.line;
|
|---|
| 6896 | d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->selStart.index;
|
|---|
| 6897 | oldMousePos = e->pos();
|
|---|
| 6898 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 6899 | }
|
|---|
| 6900 |
|
|---|
| 6901 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 6902 | void QTextEdit::optimMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
|---|
| 6903 | {
|
|---|
| 6904 | if ( e->button() != LeftButton )
|
|---|
| 6905 | return;
|
|---|
| 6906 |
|
|---|
| 6907 | if ( scrollTimer->isActive() )
|
|---|
| 6908 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 6909 | if ( !inDoubleClick ) {
|
|---|
| 6910 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 6911 | d->od->selEnd.line = e->y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 6912 | if ( d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
|
|---|
| 6913 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|---|
| 6914 | }
|
|---|
| 6915 | QString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ];
|
|---|
| 6916 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
|---|
| 6917 | d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
|
|---|
| 6918 | if ( d->od->selEnd.line < d->od->selStart.line ) {
|
|---|
| 6919 | qSwap( &d->od->selStart.line, &d->od->selEnd.line );
|
|---|
| 6920 | qSwap( &d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index );
|
|---|
| 6921 | } else if ( d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line &&
|
|---|
| 6922 | d->od->selStart.index > d->od->selEnd.index ) {
|
|---|
| 6923 | qSwap( &d->od->selStart.index, &d->od->selEnd.index );
|
|---|
| 6924 | }
|
|---|
| 6925 | oldMousePos = e->pos();
|
|---|
| 6926 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 6927 | }
|
|---|
| 6928 | if ( mousePressed ) {
|
|---|
| 6929 | mousePressed = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6930 | copyToClipboard();
|
|---|
| 6931 | }
|
|---|
| 6932 |
|
|---|
| 6933 | inDoubleClick = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6934 | emit copyAvailable( optimHasSelection() );
|
|---|
| 6935 | emit selectionChanged();
|
|---|
| 6936 | }
|
|---|
| 6937 |
|
|---|
| 6938 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 6939 | void QTextEdit::optimMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent * e )
|
|---|
| 6940 | {
|
|---|
| 6941 | mousePos = e->pos();
|
|---|
| 6942 | optimDoAutoScroll();
|
|---|
| 6943 | oldMousePos = mousePos;
|
|---|
| 6944 | }
|
|---|
| 6945 |
|
|---|
| 6946 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 6947 | void QTextEdit::optimDoAutoScroll()
|
|---|
| 6948 | {
|
|---|
| 6949 | if ( !mousePressed )
|
|---|
| 6950 | return;
|
|---|
| 6951 |
|
|---|
| 6952 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 6953 | QPoint pos( mapFromGlobal( QCursor::pos() ) );
|
|---|
| 6954 | bool doScroll = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 6955 | int xx = contentsX() + pos.x();
|
|---|
| 6956 | int yy = contentsY() + pos.y();
|
|---|
| 6957 |
|
|---|
| 6958 | // find out how much we have to scroll in either dir.
|
|---|
| 6959 | if ( pos.x() < 0 || pos.x() > viewport()->width() ||
|
|---|
| 6960 | pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > viewport()->height() ) {
|
|---|
| 6961 | int my = yy;
|
|---|
| 6962 | if ( pos.x() < 0 )
|
|---|
| 6963 | xx = contentsX() - fm.width( 'w');
|
|---|
| 6964 | else if ( pos.x() > viewport()->width() )
|
|---|
| 6965 | xx = contentsX() + viewport()->width() + fm.width('w');
|
|---|
| 6966 |
|
|---|
| 6967 | if ( pos.y() < 0 ) {
|
|---|
| 6968 | my = contentsY() - 1;
|
|---|
| 6969 | yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing()) * fm.lineSpacing() + 1;
|
|---|
| 6970 | } else if ( pos.y() > viewport()->height() ) {
|
|---|
| 6971 | my = contentsY() + viewport()->height() + 1;
|
|---|
| 6972 | yy = (my / fm.lineSpacing() + 1) * fm.lineSpacing() - 1;
|
|---|
| 6973 | }
|
|---|
| 6974 | d->od->selEnd.line = my / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 6975 | mousePos.setX( xx );
|
|---|
| 6976 | mousePos.setY( my );
|
|---|
| 6977 | doScroll = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 6978 | } else {
|
|---|
| 6979 | d->od->selEnd.line = mousePos.y() / fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 6980 | }
|
|---|
| 6981 |
|
|---|
| 6982 | if ( d->od->selEnd.line < 0 ) {
|
|---|
| 6983 | d->od->selEnd.line = 0;
|
|---|
| 6984 | } else if ( d->od->selEnd.line > d->od->numLines-1 ) {
|
|---|
| 6985 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines-1;
|
|---|
| 6986 | }
|
|---|
| 6987 |
|
|---|
| 6988 | QString str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ];
|
|---|
| 6989 | d->od->selEnd.index = optimCharIndex( str, mousePos.x() );
|
|---|
| 6990 |
|
|---|
| 6991 | // have to have a valid index before generating a paint event
|
|---|
| 6992 | if ( doScroll )
|
|---|
| 6993 | ensureVisible( xx, yy, 1, 1 );
|
|---|
| 6994 |
|
|---|
| 6995 | // if the text document is smaller than the heigth of the viewport
|
|---|
| 6996 | // - redraw the whole thing otherwise calculate the rect that
|
|---|
| 6997 | // needs drawing.
|
|---|
| 6998 | if ( d->od->numLines * fm.lineSpacing() < viewport()->height() ) {
|
|---|
| 6999 | repaintContents( contentsX(), contentsY(), width(), height(), FALSE );
|
|---|
| 7000 | } else {
|
|---|
| 7001 | int h = QABS(mousePos.y() - oldMousePos.y()) + fm.lineSpacing() * 2;
|
|---|
| 7002 | int y;
|
|---|
| 7003 | if ( oldMousePos.y() < mousePos.y() ) {
|
|---|
| 7004 | y = oldMousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 7005 | } else {
|
|---|
| 7006 | // expand paint area for a fully selected line
|
|---|
| 7007 | h += fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 7008 | y = mousePos.y() - fm.lineSpacing()*2;
|
|---|
| 7009 | }
|
|---|
| 7010 | if ( y < 0 )
|
|---|
| 7011 | y = 0;
|
|---|
| 7012 | repaintContents( contentsX(), y, width(), h, FALSE );
|
|---|
| 7013 | }
|
|---|
| 7014 |
|
|---|
| 7015 | if ( !scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() < 0 || pos.y() > height() )
|
|---|
| 7016 | scrollTimer->start( 100, FALSE );
|
|---|
| 7017 | else if ( scrollTimer->isActive() && pos.y() >= 0 && pos.y() <= height() )
|
|---|
| 7018 | scrollTimer->stop();
|
|---|
| 7019 | }
|
|---|
| 7020 |
|
|---|
| 7021 | /*! \internal
|
|---|
| 7022 |
|
|---|
| 7023 | Returns the index of the character in the string \a str that is
|
|---|
| 7024 | currently under the mouse pointer.
|
|---|
| 7025 | */
|
|---|
| 7026 | int QTextEdit::optimCharIndex( const QString &str, int mx ) const
|
|---|
| 7027 | {
|
|---|
| 7028 | QFontMetrics fm(QScrollView::font());
|
|---|
| 7029 | uint i = 0;
|
|---|
| 7030 | int dd, dist = 10000000;
|
|---|
| 7031 | int curpos = 0;
|
|---|
| 7032 | int strWidth;
|
|---|
| 7033 | mx = mx - 4; // ### get the real margin from somewhere
|
|---|
| 7034 |
|
|---|
| 7035 | if (!str.contains('\t') && mx > fm.width(str))
|
|---|
| 7036 | return str.length();
|
|---|
| 7037 |
|
|---|
| 7038 | while (i < str.length()) {
|
|---|
| 7039 | strWidth = qStrWidth(str.left(i), tabStopWidth(), fm);
|
|---|
| 7040 | dd = strWidth - mx;
|
|---|
| 7041 | if (QABS(dd) <= dist) {
|
|---|
| 7042 | dist = QABS(dd);
|
|---|
| 7043 | if (mx >= strWidth)
|
|---|
| 7044 | curpos = i;
|
|---|
| 7045 | }
|
|---|
| 7046 | ++i;
|
|---|
| 7047 | }
|
|---|
| 7048 | return curpos;
|
|---|
| 7049 | }
|
|---|
| 7050 |
|
|---|
| 7051 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 7052 | void QTextEdit::optimSelectAll()
|
|---|
| 7053 | {
|
|---|
| 7054 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selStart.index = 0;
|
|---|
| 7055 | d->od->selEnd.line = d->od->numLines - 1;
|
|---|
| 7056 | d->od->selEnd.index = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].length();
|
|---|
| 7057 |
|
|---|
| 7058 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 7059 | emit copyAvailable( optimHasSelection() );
|
|---|
| 7060 | emit selectionChanged();
|
|---|
| 7061 | }
|
|---|
| 7062 |
|
|---|
| 7063 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 7064 | void QTextEdit::optimRemoveSelection()
|
|---|
| 7065 | {
|
|---|
| 7066 | d->od->selStart.line = d->od->selEnd.line = -1;
|
|---|
| 7067 | d->od->selStart.index = d->od->selEnd.index = -1;
|
|---|
| 7068 | repaintContents( FALSE );
|
|---|
| 7069 | }
|
|---|
| 7070 |
|
|---|
| 7071 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 7072 | void QTextEdit::optimSetSelection( int startLine, int startIdx,
|
|---|
| 7073 | int endLine, int endIdx )
|
|---|
| 7074 | {
|
|---|
| 7075 | d->od->selStart.line = startLine;
|
|---|
| 7076 | d->od->selEnd.line = endLine;
|
|---|
| 7077 | d->od->selStart.index = startIdx;
|
|---|
| 7078 | d->od->selEnd.index = endIdx;
|
|---|
| 7079 | }
|
|---|
| 7080 |
|
|---|
| 7081 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 7082 | bool QTextEdit::optimHasSelection() const
|
|---|
| 7083 | {
|
|---|
| 7084 | if ( d->od->selStart.line != d->od->selEnd.line ||
|
|---|
| 7085 | d->od->selStart.index != d->od->selEnd.index )
|
|---|
| 7086 | return TRUE;
|
|---|
| 7087 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7088 | }
|
|---|
| 7089 |
|
|---|
| 7090 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 7091 | QString QTextEdit::optimSelectedText() const
|
|---|
| 7092 | {
|
|---|
| 7093 | QString str;
|
|---|
| 7094 |
|
|---|
| 7095 | if ( !optimHasSelection() )
|
|---|
| 7096 | return str;
|
|---|
| 7097 |
|
|---|
| 7098 | // concatenate all strings
|
|---|
| 7099 | if ( d->od->selStart.line == d->od->selEnd.line ) {
|
|---|
| 7100 | str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].mid( d->od->selStart.index,
|
|---|
| 7101 | d->od->selEnd.index - d->od->selStart.index );
|
|---|
| 7102 | } else {
|
|---|
| 7103 | int i = d->od->selStart.line;
|
|---|
| 7104 | str = d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].right( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].length() -
|
|---|
| 7105 | d->od->selStart.index ) + "\n";
|
|---|
| 7106 | i++;
|
|---|
| 7107 | for ( ; i < d->od->selEnd.line; i++ ) {
|
|---|
| 7108 | if ( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].isEmpty() ) // CR lines are empty
|
|---|
| 7109 | str += "\n";
|
|---|
| 7110 | else
|
|---|
| 7111 | str += d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ] + "\n";
|
|---|
| 7112 | }
|
|---|
| 7113 | str += d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->selEnd.line) ].left( d->od->selEnd.index );
|
|---|
| 7114 | }
|
|---|
| 7115 | return str;
|
|---|
| 7116 | }
|
|---|
| 7117 |
|
|---|
| 7118 | /*! \internal */
|
|---|
| 7119 | bool QTextEdit::optimFind( const QString & expr, bool cs, bool /*wo*/,
|
|---|
| 7120 | bool fw, int * para, int * index )
|
|---|
| 7121 | {
|
|---|
| 7122 | bool found = FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7123 | int parag = para ? *para : d->od->search.line,
|
|---|
| 7124 | idx = index ? *index : d->od->search.index, i;
|
|---|
| 7125 |
|
|---|
| 7126 | if ( d->od->len == 0 )
|
|---|
| 7127 | return FALSE;
|
|---|
| 7128 |
|
|---|
| 7129 | for ( i = parag; fw ? i < d->od->numLines : i >= 0; fw ? i++ : i-- ) {
|
|---|
| 7130 | idx = fw ? d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].find( expr, idx, cs ) :
|
|---|
| 7131 | d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].findRev( expr, idx, cs );
|
|---|
| 7132 | if ( idx != -1 ) {
|
|---|
| 7133 | found = TRUE;
|
|---|
| 7134 | break;
|
|---|
| 7135 | } else if ( fw )
|
|---|
| 7136 | idx = 0;
|
|---|
| 7137 | }
|
|---|
| 7138 |
|
|---|
| 7139 | if ( found ) {
|
|---|
| 7140 | if ( index )
|
|---|
| 7141 | *index = idx;
|
|---|
| 7142 | if ( para )
|
|---|
| 7143 | *para = i;
|
|---|
| 7144 | d->od->search.index = idx;
|
|---|
| 7145 | d->od->search.line = i;
|
|---|
| 7146 | optimSetSelection( i, idx, i, idx + expr.length() );
|
|---|
| 7147 | QFontMetrics fm( QScrollView::font() );
|
|---|
| 7148 | int h = fm.lineSpacing();
|
|---|
| 7149 | int x = fm.width( d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(i) ].left( idx + expr.length()) ) + 4;
|
|---|
| 7150 | ensureVisible( x, i * h + h / 2, 1, h / 2 + 2 );
|
|---|
| 7151 | repaintContents(); // could possibly be optimized
|
|---|
| 7152 | }
|
|---|
| 7153 | return found;
|
|---|
| 7154 | }
|
|---|
| 7155 |
|
|---|
| 7156 | /*! \reimp */
|
|---|
| 7157 | void QTextEdit::polish()
|
|---|
| 7158 | {
|
|---|
| 7159 | // this will ensure that the last line is visible if text have
|
|---|
| 7160 | // been added to the widget before it is shown
|
|---|
| 7161 | if ( d->optimMode )
|
|---|
| 7162 | scrollToBottom();
|
|---|
| 7163 | QWidget::polish();
|
|---|
| 7164 | }
|
|---|
| 7165 |
|
|---|
| 7166 | /*!
|
|---|
| 7167 | Sets the maximum number of lines a QTextEdit can hold in \c
|
|---|
| 7168 | LogText mode to \a limit. If \a limit is -1 (the default), this
|
|---|
| 7169 | signifies an unlimited number of lines.
|
|---|
| 7170 |
|
|---|
| 7171 | \warning Never use formatting tags that span more than one line
|
|---|
| 7172 | when the maximum log lines is set. When lines are removed from the
|
|---|
| 7173 | top of the buffer it could result in an unbalanced tag pair, i.e.
|
|---|
| 7174 | the left formatting tag is removed before the right one.
|
|---|
| 7175 | */
|
|---|
| 7176 | void QTextEdit::setMaxLogLines( int limit )
|
|---|
| 7177 | {
|
|---|
| 7178 | d->maxLogLines = limit;
|
|---|
| 7179 | if ( d->maxLogLines < -1 )
|
|---|
| 7180 | d->maxLogLines = -1;
|
|---|
| 7181 | if ( d->maxLogLines == -1 )
|
|---|
| 7182 | d->logOffset = 0;
|
|---|
| 7183 | }
|
|---|
| 7184 |
|
|---|
| 7185 | /*!
|
|---|
| 7186 | Returns the maximum number of lines QTextEdit can hold in \c
|
|---|
| 7187 | LogText mode. By default the number of lines is unlimited, which
|
|---|
| 7188 | is signified by a value of -1.
|
|---|
| 7189 | */
|
|---|
| 7190 | int QTextEdit::maxLogLines()
|
|---|
| 7191 | {
|
|---|
| 7192 | return d->maxLogLines;
|
|---|
| 7193 | }
|
|---|
| 7194 |
|
|---|
| 7195 | /*!
|
|---|
| 7196 | Check if the number of lines in the buffer is limited, and uphold
|
|---|
| 7197 | that limit when appending new lines.
|
|---|
| 7198 | */
|
|---|
| 7199 | void QTextEdit::optimCheckLimit( const QString& str )
|
|---|
| 7200 | {
|
|---|
| 7201 | if ( d->maxLogLines > -1 && d->maxLogLines == d->od->numLines ) {
|
|---|
| 7202 | // NB! Removing the top line in the buffer will potentially
|
|---|
| 7203 | // destroy the structure holding the formatting tags - if line
|
|---|
| 7204 | // spanning tags are used.
|
|---|
| 7205 | QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *t = d->od->tags, *tmp, *itr;
|
|---|
| 7206 | QPtrList<QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag> lst;
|
|---|
| 7207 | while ( t ) {
|
|---|
| 7208 | t->line -= 1;
|
|---|
| 7209 | // unhook the ptr from the tag structure
|
|---|
| 7210 | if ( ((uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) d->logOffset &&
|
|---|
| 7211 | (uint) LOGOFFSET(t->line) < (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) &&
|
|---|
| 7212 | (uint) LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines) > (uint) d->logOffset) )
|
|---|
| 7213 | {
|
|---|
| 7214 | if ( t->prev )
|
|---|
| 7215 | t->prev->next = t->next;
|
|---|
| 7216 | if ( t->next )
|
|---|
| 7217 | t->next->prev = t->prev;
|
|---|
| 7218 | if ( d->od->tags == t )
|
|---|
| 7219 | d->od->tags = t->next;
|
|---|
| 7220 | if ( d->od->lastTag == t ) {
|
|---|
| 7221 | if ( t->prev )
|
|---|
| 7222 | d->od->lastTag = t->prev;
|
|---|
| 7223 | else
|
|---|
| 7224 | d->od->lastTag = d->od->tags;
|
|---|
| 7225 | }
|
|---|
| 7226 | tmp = t;
|
|---|
| 7227 | t = t->next;
|
|---|
| 7228 | lst.append( tmp );
|
|---|
| 7229 | delete tmp;
|
|---|
| 7230 | } else {
|
|---|
| 7231 | t = t->next;
|
|---|
| 7232 | }
|
|---|
| 7233 | }
|
|---|
| 7234 | // Remove all references to the ptrs we just deleted
|
|---|
| 7235 | itr = d->od->tags;
|
|---|
| 7236 | while ( itr ){
|
|---|
| 7237 | for ( tmp = lst.first(); tmp; tmp = lst.next() ) {
|
|---|
| 7238 | if ( itr->parent == tmp )
|
|---|
| 7239 | itr->parent = 0;
|
|---|
| 7240 | if ( itr->leftTag == tmp )
|
|---|
| 7241 | itr->leftTag = 0;
|
|---|
| 7242 | }
|
|---|
| 7243 | itr = itr->next;
|
|---|
| 7244 | }
|
|---|
| 7245 | // ...in the tag index as well
|
|---|
| 7246 | QMapIterator<int, QTextEditOptimPrivate::Tag *> idx;
|
|---|
| 7247 | if ( (idx = d->od->tagIndex.find( d->logOffset )) != d->od->tagIndex.end() )
|
|---|
| 7248 | d->od->tagIndex.remove( idx );
|
|---|
| 7249 |
|
|---|
| 7250 | QMapIterator<int,QString> it;
|
|---|
| 7251 | if ( (it = d->od->lines.find( d->logOffset )) != d->od->lines.end() ) {
|
|---|
| 7252 | d->od->len -= (*it).length();
|
|---|
| 7253 | d->od->lines.remove( it );
|
|---|
| 7254 | d->od->numLines--;
|
|---|
| 7255 | d->logOffset = LOGOFFSET(1);
|
|---|
| 7256 | }
|
|---|
| 7257 | }
|
|---|
| 7258 | d->od->len += str.length();
|
|---|
| 7259 | d->od->lines[ LOGOFFSET(d->od->numLines++) ] = str;
|
|---|
| 7260 | }
|
|---|
| 7261 |
|
|---|
| 7262 | #endif // QT_TEXTEDIT_OPTIMIZATION
|
|---|
| 7263 |
|
|---|
| 7264 | /*!
|
|---|
| 7265 | \property QTextEdit::autoFormatting
|
|---|
| 7266 | \brief the enabled set of auto formatting features
|
|---|
| 7267 |
|
|---|
| 7268 | The value can be any combination of the values in the \c
|
|---|
| 7269 | AutoFormatting enum. The default is \c AutoAll. Choose \c AutoNone
|
|---|
| 7270 | to disable all automatic formatting.
|
|---|
| 7271 |
|
|---|
| 7272 | Currently, the only automatic formatting feature provided is \c
|
|---|
| 7273 | AutoBulletList; future versions of Qt may offer more.
|
|---|
| 7274 | */
|
|---|
| 7275 |
|
|---|
| 7276 | void QTextEdit::setAutoFormatting( uint features )
|
|---|
| 7277 | {
|
|---|
| 7278 | d->autoFormatting = features;
|
|---|
| 7279 | }
|
|---|
| 7280 |
|
|---|
| 7281 | uint QTextEdit::autoFormatting() const
|
|---|
| 7282 | {
|
|---|
| 7283 | return d->autoFormatting;
|
|---|
| 7284 | }
|
|---|
| 7285 |
|
|---|
| 7286 | /*!
|
|---|
| 7287 | Returns the QSyntaxHighlighter set on this QTextEdit. 0 is
|
|---|
| 7288 | returned if no syntax highlighter is set.
|
|---|
| 7289 | */
|
|---|
| 7290 | QSyntaxHighlighter * QTextEdit::syntaxHighlighter() const
|
|---|
| 7291 | {
|
|---|
| 7292 | if (document()->preProcessor())
|
|---|
| 7293 | return ((QSyntaxHighlighterInternal *) document()->preProcessor())->highlighter;
|
|---|
| 7294 | else
|
|---|
| 7295 | return 0;
|
|---|
| 7296 | }
|
|---|
| 7297 |
|
|---|
| 7298 | #endif //QT_NO_TEXTEDIT
|
|---|